blob: 2a1ea05c5c833383d9b3e6dbe76b30fc27fc2168 [file] [log] [blame]
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001:mod:`os` --- Miscellaneous operating system interfaces
2=======================================================
3
4.. module:: os
5 :synopsis: Miscellaneous operating system interfaces.
6
Terry Jan Reedyfa089b92016-06-11 15:02:54 -04007**Source code:** :source:`Lib/os.py`
8
9--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000010
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000011This module provides a portable way of using operating system dependent
12functionality. If you just want to read or write a file see :func:`open`, if
13you want to manipulate paths, see the :mod:`os.path` module, and if you want to
14read all the lines in all the files on the command line see the :mod:`fileinput`
15module. For creating temporary files and directories see the :mod:`tempfile`
16module, and for high-level file and directory handling see the :mod:`shutil`
17module.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000018
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000019Notes on the availability of these functions:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000020
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000021* The design of all built-in operating system dependent modules of Python is
22 such that as long as the same functionality is available, it uses the same
23 interface; for example, the function ``os.stat(path)`` returns stat
24 information about *path* in the same format (which happens to have originated
25 with the POSIX interface).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000026
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000027* Extensions peculiar to a particular operating system are also available
28 through the :mod:`os` module, but using them is of course a threat to
29 portability.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000030
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000031* All functions accepting path or file names accept both bytes and string
32 objects, and result in an object of the same type, if a path or file name is
33 returned.
Georg Brandl76e55382008-10-08 16:34:57 +000034
pxinwre1e3c2d2020-12-16 05:20:07 +080035* On VxWorks, os.popen, os.fork, os.execv and os.spawn*p* are not supported.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +000036
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +000037.. note::
38
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +020039 All functions in this module raise :exc:`OSError` (or subclasses thereof) in
40 the case of invalid or inaccessible file names and paths, or other arguments
41 that have the correct type, but are not accepted by the operating system.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000042
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000043.. exception:: error
44
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +000045 An alias for the built-in :exc:`OSError` exception.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000046
47
48.. data:: name
49
Benjamin Peterson1baf4652009-12-31 03:11:23 +000050 The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following
Ned Deily5c867012014-06-26 23:40:06 -070051 names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``,
Larry Hastings10108a72016-09-05 15:11:23 -070052 ``'java'``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000053
Antoine Pitroua83cdaa2011-07-09 15:54:23 +020054 .. seealso::
55 :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives
56 system-dependent version information.
57
58 The :mod:`platform` module provides detailed checks for the
59 system's identity.
60
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +000061
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000062.. _os-filenames:
Victor Stinner6bfd8542014-06-19 12:50:27 +020063.. _filesystem-encoding:
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000064
65File Names, Command Line Arguments, and Environment Variables
66-------------------------------------------------------------
67
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000068In Python, file names, command line arguments, and environment variables are
69represented using the string type. On some systems, decoding these strings to
70and from bytes is necessary before passing them to the operating system. Python
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010071uses the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` to perform this
72conversion (see :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`).
73
74The :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler` are configured at Python
75startup by the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read` function: see
76:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_encoding` and
77:c:member:`~PyConfig.filesystem_errors` members of :c:type:`PyConfig`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000078
79.. versionchanged:: 3.1
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +000080 On some systems, conversion using the file system encoding may fail. In this
Victor Stinnerf6a271a2014-08-01 12:28:48 +020081 case, Python uses the :ref:`surrogateescape encoding error handler
82 <surrogateescape>`, which means that undecodable bytes are replaced by a
83 Unicode character U+DCxx on decoding, and these are again translated to the
84 original byte on encoding.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +000085
86
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +010087The :term:`file system encoding <filesystem encoding and error handler>` must
88guarantee to successfully decode all bytes below 128. If the file system
89encoding fails to provide this guarantee, API functions can raise
90:exc:`UnicodeError`.
91
92See also the :term:`locale encoding`.
93
94
95.. _utf8-mode:
96
97Python UTF-8 Mode
98-----------------
99
100.. versionadded:: 3.7
101 See :pep:`540` for more details.
102
103The Python UTF-8 Mode ignores the :term:`locale encoding` and forces the usage
104of the UTF-8 encoding:
105
106* Use UTF-8 as the :term:`filesystem encoding <filesystem encoding and error
107 handler>`.
108* :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'``.
109* :func:`locale.getpreferredencoding()` returns ``'UTF-8'`` (the *do_setlocale*
110 argument has no effect).
111* :data:`sys.stdin`, :data:`sys.stdout`, and :data:`sys.stderr` all use
112 UTF-8 as their text encoding, with the ``surrogateescape``
113 :ref:`error handler <error-handlers>` being enabled for :data:`sys.stdin`
114 and :data:`sys.stdout` (:data:`sys.stderr` continues to use
115 ``backslashreplace`` as it does in the default locale-aware mode)
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100116* On Unix, :func:`os.device_encoding` returns ``'UTF-8'``. rather than the
117 device encoding.
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100118
119Note that the standard stream settings in UTF-8 mode can be overridden by
120:envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` (just as they can be in the default locale-aware
121mode).
122
123As a consequence of the changes in those lower level APIs, other higher
124level APIs also exhibit different default behaviours:
125
126* Command line arguments, environment variables and filenames are decoded
127 to text using the UTF-8 encoding.
128* :func:`os.fsdecode()` and :func:`os.fsencode()` use the UTF-8 encoding.
129* :func:`open()`, :func:`io.open()`, and :func:`codecs.open()` use the UTF-8
130 encoding by default. However, they still use the strict error handler by
131 default so that attempting to open a binary file in text mode is likely
132 to raise an exception rather than producing nonsense data.
133
134The :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled if the LC_CTYPE locale is
135``C`` or ``POSIX`` at Python startup (see the :c:func:`PyConfig_Read`
136function).
137
138It can be enabled or disabled using the :option:`-X utf8 <-X>` command line
139option and the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable.
140
141If the :envvar:`PYTHONUTF8` environment variable is not set at all, then the
142interpreter defaults to using the current locale settings, *unless* the current
143locale is identified as a legacy ASCII-based locale (as described for
144:envvar:`PYTHONCOERCECLOCALE`), and locale coercion is either disabled or
145fails. In such legacy locales, the interpreter will default to enabling UTF-8
146mode unless explicitly instructed not to do so.
147
148The Python UTF-8 Mode can only be enabled at the Python startup. Its value
149can be read from :data:`sys.flags.utf8_mode <sys.flags>`.
150
151See also the :ref:`UTF-8 mode on Windows <win-utf8-mode>`
152and the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Martin v. Löwis011e8422009-05-05 04:43:17 +0000153
154
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000155.. _os-procinfo:
156
157Process Parameters
158------------------
159
160These functions and data items provide information and operate on the current
161process and user.
162
163
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200164.. function:: ctermid()
165
166 Return the filename corresponding to the controlling terminal of the process.
167
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400168 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200169
170
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000171.. data:: environ
172
Miss Islington (bot)05383512021-10-29 13:45:33 -0700173 A :term:`mapping` object where keys and values are strings that represent
174 the process environment. For example, ``environ['HOME']`` is the pathname
175 of your home directory (on some platforms), and is equivalent to
176 ``getenv("HOME")`` in C.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000177
178 This mapping is captured the first time the :mod:`os` module is imported,
179 typically during Python startup as part of processing :file:`site.py`. Changes
180 to the environment made after this time are not reflected in ``os.environ``,
181 except for changes made by modifying ``os.environ`` directly.
182
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100183 This mapping may be used to modify the environment as well as query the
184 environment. :func:`putenv` will be called automatically when the mapping
185 is modified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000186
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000187 On Unix, keys and values use :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding` and
188 ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :data:`environb` if you would like
189 to use a different encoding.
190
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000191 .. note::
192
193 Calling :func:`putenv` directly does not change ``os.environ``, so it's better
194 to modify ``os.environ``.
195
196 .. note::
197
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -0700198 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and macOS, setting ``environ`` may
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +0000199 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000200 :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000201
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100202 You can delete items in this mapping to unset environment variables.
203 :func:`unsetenv` will be called automatically when an item is deleted from
204 ``os.environ``, and when one of the :meth:`pop` or :meth:`clear` methods is
205 called.
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +0000206
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700207 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
208 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
209
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000210
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000211.. data:: environb
212
Miss Islington (bot)05383512021-10-29 13:45:33 -0700213 Bytes version of :data:`environ`: a :term:`mapping` object where both keys
214 and values are :class:`bytes` objects representing the process environment.
215 :data:`environ` and :data:`environb` are synchronized (modifying
216 :data:`environb` updates :data:`environ`, and vice versa).
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000217
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000218 :data:`environb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ` is
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200219 ``True``.
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000220
Benjamin Peterson662c74f2010-05-06 22:09:03 +0000221 .. versionadded:: 3.2
222
Charles Burklandd648ef12020-03-13 09:04:43 -0700223 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
224 Updated to support :pep:`584`'s merge (``|``) and update (``|=``) operators.
225
Victor Stinner84ae1182010-05-06 22:05:07 +0000226
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000227.. function:: chdir(path)
228 fchdir(fd)
229 getcwd()
230 :noindex:
231
232 These functions are described in :ref:`os-file-dir`.
233
234
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000235.. function:: fsencode(filename)
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000236
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100237 Encode :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* to the
238 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`bytes`
239 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000240
Antoine Pitroua305ca72010-09-25 22:12:00 +0000241 :func:`fsdecode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000242
243 .. versionadded:: 3.2
244
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700245 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700246 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
247 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700248
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000249
250.. function:: fsdecode(filename)
251
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -0700252 Decode the :term:`path-like <path-like object>` *filename* from the
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +0100253 :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`; return :class:`str`
254 unchanged.
Victor Stinnere8d51452010-08-19 01:05:19 +0000255
256 :func:`fsencode` is the reverse function.
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000257
258 .. versionadded:: 3.2
259
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700260 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700261 Support added to accept objects implementing the :class:`os.PathLike`
262 interface.
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700263
Victor Stinner449c4662010-05-08 11:10:09 +0000264
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700265.. function:: fspath(path)
266
Brett Cannon0fa1aa12016-06-09 14:37:06 -0700267 Return the file system representation of the path.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700268
Brett Cannonc78ca1e2016-06-24 12:03:43 -0700269 If :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` is passed in, it is returned unchanged.
270 Otherwise :meth:`~os.PathLike.__fspath__` is called and its value is
271 returned as long as it is a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object.
272 In all other cases, :exc:`TypeError` is raised.
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700273
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700274 .. versionadded:: 3.6
275
276
277.. class:: PathLike
278
279 An :term:`abstract base class` for objects representing a file system path,
280 e.g. :class:`pathlib.PurePath`.
281
Berker Peksagb18ffb42016-06-10 08:43:54 +0300282 .. versionadded:: 3.6
283
Brett Cannonb08388d2016-06-09 15:58:06 -0700284 .. abstractmethod:: __fspath__()
285
286 Return the file system path representation of the object.
287
288 The method should only return a :class:`str` or :class:`bytes` object,
289 with the preference being for :class:`str`.
290
Ethan Furmancdc08792016-06-02 15:06:09 -0700291
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200292.. function:: getenv(key, default=None)
293
294 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
295 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are str.
296
297 On Unix, keys and values are decoded with :func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`
298 and ``'surrogateescape'`` error handler. Use :func:`os.getenvb` if you
299 would like to use a different encoding.
300
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400301 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200302
303
304.. function:: getenvb(key, default=None)
305
306 Return the value of the environment variable *key* if it exists, or
307 *default* if it doesn't. *key*, *default* and the result are bytes.
308
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300309 :func:`getenvb` is only available if :data:`supports_bytes_environ`
Serhiy Storchaka138ccbb2019-11-12 16:57:03 +0200310 is ``True``.
Berker Peksag996e5f92016-09-26 22:44:07 +0300311
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400312 .. availability:: most flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200313
314 .. versionadded:: 3.2
315
316
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000317.. function:: get_exec_path(env=None)
318
319 Returns the list of directories that will be searched for a named
320 executable, similar to a shell, when launching a process.
321 *env*, when specified, should be an environment variable dictionary
322 to lookup the PATH in.
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +0300323 By default, when *env* is ``None``, :data:`environ` is used.
Gregory P. Smithb6e8c7e2010-02-27 07:22:22 +0000324
325 .. versionadded:: 3.2
326
327
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000328.. function:: getegid()
329
330 Return the effective group id of the current process. This corresponds to the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000331 "set id" bit on the file being executed in the current process.
332
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400333 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000334
335
336.. function:: geteuid()
337
338 .. index:: single: user; effective id
339
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000340 Return the current process's effective user id.
341
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400342 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000343
344
345.. function:: getgid()
346
347 .. index:: single: process; group
348
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000349 Return the real group id of the current process.
350
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400351 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000352
353
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200354.. function:: getgrouplist(user, group)
355
356 Return list of group ids that *user* belongs to. If *group* is not in the
357 list, it is included; typically, *group* is specified as the group ID
358 field from the password record for *user*.
359
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400360 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwallb0ae53d2011-06-10 07:30:30 +0200361
362 .. versionadded:: 3.3
363
364
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000365.. function:: getgroups()
366
367 Return list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000368
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400369 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000370
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -0700371 .. note::
372
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -0700373 On macOS, :func:`getgroups` behavior differs somewhat from
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700374 other Unix platforms. If the Python interpreter was built with a
375 deployment target of :const:`10.5` or earlier, :func:`getgroups` returns
376 the list of effective group ids associated with the current user process;
377 this list is limited to a system-defined number of entries, typically 16,
378 and may be modified by calls to :func:`setgroups` if suitably privileged.
379 If built with a deployment target greater than :const:`10.5`,
380 :func:`getgroups` returns the current group access list for the user
381 associated with the effective user id of the process; the group access
382 list may change over the lifetime of the process, it is not affected by
383 calls to :func:`setgroups`, and its length is not limited to 16. The
384 deployment target value, :const:`MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET`, can be
385 obtained with :func:`sysconfig.get_config_var`.
386
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000387
388.. function:: getlogin()
389
390 Return the name of the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the
Barry Warsawd4990312018-01-24 12:51:29 -0500391 process. For most purposes, it is more useful to use
392 :func:`getpass.getuser` since the latter checks the environment variables
393 :envvar:`LOGNAME` or :envvar:`USERNAME` to find out who the user is, and
394 falls back to ``pwd.getpwuid(os.getuid())[0]`` to get the login name of the
395 current real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000396
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400397 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000398
399
400.. function:: getpgid(pid)
401
402 Return the process group id of the process with process id *pid*. If *pid* is 0,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000403 the process group id of the current process is returned.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000404
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400405 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000406
407.. function:: getpgrp()
408
409 .. index:: single: process; group
410
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000411 Return the id of the current process group.
412
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400413 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000414
415
416.. function:: getpid()
417
418 .. index:: single: process; id
419
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000420 Return the current process id.
421
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000422
423.. function:: getppid()
424
425 .. index:: single: process; id of parent
426
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000427 Return the parent's process id. When the parent process has exited, on Unix
428 the id returned is the one of the init process (1), on Windows it is still
429 the same id, which may be already reused by another process.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000430
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400431 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000432
Amaury Forgeot d'Arc4b6fdf32010-09-07 21:31:17 +0000433 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
434 Added support for Windows.
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000435
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +0200436
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000437.. function:: getpriority(which, who)
438
439 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
440
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200441 Get program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000442 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
443 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
444 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200445 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000446 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
447 or the real user ID of the calling process.
448
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400449 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000450
451 .. versionadded:: 3.3
452
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200453
454.. data:: PRIO_PROCESS
455 PRIO_PGRP
456 PRIO_USER
457
458 Parameters for the :func:`getpriority` and :func:`setpriority` functions.
459
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400460 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200461
462 .. versionadded:: 3.3
463
464
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000465.. function:: getresuid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000466
467 Return a tuple (ruid, euid, suid) denoting the current process's
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000468 real, effective, and saved user ids.
469
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400470 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000471
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000472 .. versionadded:: 3.2
473
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000474
Gregory P. Smithcf02c6a2009-11-27 17:54:17 +0000475.. function:: getresgid()
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000476
477 Return a tuple (rgid, egid, sgid) denoting the current process's
Georg Brandla9b51d22010-09-05 17:07:12 +0000478 real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000479
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400480 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000481
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000482 .. versionadded:: 3.2
483
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000484
485.. function:: getuid()
486
487 .. index:: single: user; id
488
Benjamin Peterson4bb09c82014-06-07 13:50:34 -0700489 Return the current process's real user id.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000490
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400491 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000492
493
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200494.. function:: initgroups(username, gid)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000495
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200496 Call the system initgroups() to initialize the group access list with all of
497 the groups of which the specified username is a member, plus the specified
498 group id.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000499
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400500 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000501
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +0200502 .. versionadded:: 3.2
503
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000504
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000505.. function:: putenv(key, value)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000506
507 .. index:: single: environment variables; setting
508
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000509 Set the environment variable named *key* to the string *value*. Such
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000510 changes to the environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`,
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000511 :func:`popen` or :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
512
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100513 Assignments to items in ``os.environ`` are automatically translated into
514 corresponding calls to :func:`putenv`; however, calls to :func:`putenv`
515 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to assign to items
516 of ``os.environ``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000517
518 .. note::
519
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -0700520 On some platforms, including FreeBSD and macOS, setting ``environ`` may
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100521 cause memory leaks. Refer to the system documentation for :c:func:`putenv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000522
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800523 .. audit-event:: os.putenv key,value os.putenv
524
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100525 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
526 The function is now always available.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000527
528
529.. function:: setegid(egid)
530
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000531 Set the current process's effective group id.
532
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400533 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000534
535
536.. function:: seteuid(euid)
537
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000538 Set the current process's effective user id.
539
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400540 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000541
542
543.. function:: setgid(gid)
544
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000545 Set the current process' group id.
546
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400547 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000548
549
550.. function:: setgroups(groups)
551
552 Set the list of supplemental group ids associated with the current process to
553 *groups*. *groups* must be a sequence, and each element must be an integer
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000554 identifying a group. This operation is typically available only to the superuser.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000555
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400556 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000557
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -0700558 .. note:: On macOS, the length of *groups* may not exceed the
Ned Deily2e209682012-04-30 11:14:02 -0700559 system-defined maximum number of effective group ids, typically 16.
560 See the documentation for :func:`getgroups` for cases where it may not
561 return the same group list set by calling setgroups().
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000562
563.. function:: setpgrp()
564
Andrew Svetlova2fe3342012-08-11 21:14:08 +0300565 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgrp` or ``setpgrp(0, 0)`` depending on
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000566 which version is implemented (if any). See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000567
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400568 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000569
570
571.. function:: setpgid(pid, pgrp)
572
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000573 Call the system call :c:func:`setpgid` to set the process group id of the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000574 process with id *pid* to the process group with id *pgrp*. See the Unix manual
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000575 for the semantics.
576
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400577 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000578
579
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000580.. function:: setpriority(which, who, priority)
581
582 .. index:: single: process; scheduling priority
583
584 Set program scheduling priority. The value *which* is one of
585 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, or :const:`PRIO_USER`, and *who*
586 is interpreted relative to *which* (a process identifier for
587 :const:`PRIO_PROCESS`, process group identifier for :const:`PRIO_PGRP`, and a
588 user ID for :const:`PRIO_USER`). A zero value for *who* denotes
589 (respectively) the calling process, the process group of the calling process,
590 or the real user ID of the calling process.
591 *priority* is a value in the range -20 to 19. The default priority is 0;
592 lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
593
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400594 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolà18e8bcb2011-02-25 20:57:54 +0000595
596 .. versionadded:: 3.3
597
598
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000599.. function:: setregid(rgid, egid)
600
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000601 Set the current process's real and effective group ids.
602
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400603 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000604
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000605
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000606.. function:: setresgid(rgid, egid, sgid)
607
608 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved group ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000609
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400610 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000611
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000612 .. versionadded:: 3.2
613
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000614
615.. function:: setresuid(ruid, euid, suid)
616
617 Set the current process's real, effective, and saved user ids.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000618
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400619 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000620
Georg Brandl1b83a452009-11-28 11:12:26 +0000621 .. versionadded:: 3.2
622
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000623
624.. function:: setreuid(ruid, euid)
625
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000626 Set the current process's real and effective user ids.
627
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400628 .. availability:: Unix.
Martin v. Löwis7aed61a2009-11-27 14:09:49 +0000629
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000630
631.. function:: getsid(pid)
632
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000633 Call the system call :c:func:`getsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000634
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400635 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000636
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000637
638.. function:: setsid()
639
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000640 Call the system call :c:func:`setsid`. See the Unix manual for the semantics.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000641
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400642 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000643
644
645.. function:: setuid(uid)
646
647 .. index:: single: user; id, setting
648
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000649 Set the current process's user id.
650
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400651 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000652
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000653
Christian Heimes5b5e81c2007-12-31 16:14:33 +0000654.. placed in this section since it relates to errno.... a little weak
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000655.. function:: strerror(code)
656
657 Return the error message corresponding to the error code in *code*.
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000658 On platforms where :c:func:`strerror` returns ``NULL`` when given an unknown
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000659 error number, :exc:`ValueError` is raised.
660
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000661
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000662.. data:: supports_bytes_environ
663
Serhiy Storchakafbc1c262013-11-29 12:17:13 +0200664 ``True`` if the native OS type of the environment is bytes (eg. ``False`` on
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000665 Windows).
666
Victor Stinner8fddc9e2010-05-18 17:24:09 +0000667 .. versionadded:: 3.2
668
Victor Stinnerb745a742010-05-18 17:17:23 +0000669
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000670.. function:: umask(mask)
671
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000672 Set the current numeric umask and return the previous umask.
673
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000674
675.. function:: uname()
676
677 .. index::
678 single: gethostname() (in module socket)
679 single: gethostbyaddr() (in module socket)
680
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700681 Returns information identifying the current operating system.
682 The return value is an object with five attributes:
683
684 * :attr:`sysname` - operating system name
685 * :attr:`nodename` - name of machine on network (implementation-defined)
686 * :attr:`release` - operating system release
687 * :attr:`version` - operating system version
688 * :attr:`machine` - hardware identifier
689
690 For backwards compatibility, this object is also iterable, behaving
691 like a five-tuple containing :attr:`sysname`, :attr:`nodename`,
692 :attr:`release`, :attr:`version`, and :attr:`machine`
693 in that order.
694
695 Some systems truncate :attr:`nodename` to 8 characters or to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000696 leading component; a better way to get the hostname is
697 :func:`socket.gethostname` or even
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000698 ``socket.gethostbyaddr(socket.gethostname())``.
699
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400700 .. availability:: recent flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000701
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -0700702 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
703 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
704 with named attributes.
705
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000706
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000707.. function:: unsetenv(key)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000708
709 .. index:: single: environment variables; deleting
710
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +0000711 Unset (delete) the environment variable named *key*. Such changes to the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000712 environment affect subprocesses started with :func:`os.system`, :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000713 :func:`fork` and :func:`execv`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000714
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100715 Deletion of items in ``os.environ`` is automatically translated into a
716 corresponding call to :func:`unsetenv`; however, calls to :func:`unsetenv`
717 don't update ``os.environ``, so it is actually preferable to delete items of
718 ``os.environ``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000719
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800720 .. audit-event:: os.unsetenv key os.unsetenv
721
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100722 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
Victor Stinnerb8d12622020-01-24 14:05:48 +0100723 The function is now always available and is also available on Windows.
Victor Stinner161e7b32020-01-24 11:53:44 +0100724
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000725
726.. _os-newstreams:
727
728File Object Creation
729--------------------
730
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700731These functions create new :term:`file objects <file object>`. (See also
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200732:func:`~os.open` for opening file descriptors.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000733
734
Petri Lehtinen1a01ebc2012-05-24 21:44:07 +0300735.. function:: fdopen(fd, *args, **kwargs)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000736
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +0200737 Return an open file object connected to the file descriptor *fd*. This is an
738 alias of the :func:`open` built-in function and accepts the same arguments.
739 The only difference is that the first argument of :func:`fdopen` must always
740 be an integer.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000741
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000742
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000743.. _os-fd-ops:
744
745File Descriptor Operations
746--------------------------
747
748These functions operate on I/O streams referenced using file descriptors.
749
750File descriptors are small integers corresponding to a file that has been opened
751by the current process. For example, standard input is usually file descriptor
7520, standard output is 1, and standard error is 2. Further files opened by a
753process will then be assigned 3, 4, 5, and so forth. The name "file descriptor"
754is slightly deceptive; on Unix platforms, sockets and pipes are also referenced
755by file descriptors.
756
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300757The :meth:`~io.IOBase.fileno` method can be used to obtain the file descriptor
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000758associated with a :term:`file object` when required. Note that using the file
Benjamin Peterson08bf91c2010-04-11 16:12:57 +0000759descriptor directly will bypass the file object methods, ignoring aspects such
760as internal buffering of data.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000761
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +0000762
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000763.. function:: close(fd)
764
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000765 Close file descriptor *fd*.
766
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000767 .. note::
768
769 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000770 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To close a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000771 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300772 :func:`fdopen`, use its :meth:`~io.IOBase.close` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000773
774
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000775.. function:: closerange(fd_low, fd_high)
776
777 Close all file descriptors from *fd_low* (inclusive) to *fd_high* (exclusive),
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200778 ignoring errors. Equivalent to (but much faster than)::
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000779
Georg Brandlc9a5a0e2009-09-01 07:34:27 +0000780 for fd in range(fd_low, fd_high):
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000781 try:
782 os.close(fd)
783 except OSError:
784 pass
785
Christian Heimesfdab48e2008-01-20 09:06:41 +0000786
Pablo Galindoaac4d032019-05-31 19:39:47 +0100787.. function:: copy_file_range(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
788
789 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
790 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
791 If *offset_src* is None, then *src* is read from the current position;
792 respectively for *offset_dst*. The files pointed by *src* and *dst*
793 must reside in the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is
794 raised with :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
795
796 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
797 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
798 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
799 both files are opened as binary.
800
801 The return value is the amount of bytes copied. This could be less than the
802 amount requested.
803
804 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 4.5 or glibc >= 2.27.
805
806 .. versionadded:: 3.8
807
808
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000809.. function:: device_encoding(fd)
810
811 Return a string describing the encoding of the device associated with *fd*
812 if it is connected to a terminal; else return :const:`None`.
813
Victor Stinner35297182020-11-04 11:20:10 +0100814 On Unix, if the :ref:`Python UTF-8 Mode <utf8-mode>` is enabled, return
815 ``'UTF-8'`` rather than the device encoding.
816
817 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
818 On Unix, the function now implements the Python UTF-8 Mode.
819
Georg Brandl81f11302007-12-21 08:45:42 +0000820
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000821.. function:: dup(fd)
822
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200823 Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is
824 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
825
826 On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout,
827 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
828 <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000829
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200830 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
831 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000832
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200833
834.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000835
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800836 Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if
837 necessary. Return *fd2*. The new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable
838 <fd_inheritance>` by default or non-inheritable if *inheritable*
839 is ``False``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000840
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +0200841 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
842 Add the optional *inheritable* parameter.
843
Benjamin Petersonbbdb17d2017-12-29 13:13:06 -0800844 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
845 Return *fd2* on success. Previously, ``None`` was always returned.
846
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000847
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000848.. function:: fchmod(fd, mode)
849
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200850 Change the mode of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *mode*. See the
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200851 docs for :func:`chmod` for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200852 is equivalent to ``os.chmod(fd, mode)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000853
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800854 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.fchmod
855
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400856 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000857
858
859.. function:: fchown(fd, uid, gid)
860
861 Change the owner and group id of the file given by *fd* to the numeric *uid*
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200862 and *gid*. To leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1. See
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200863 :func:`chown`. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chown(fd, uid,
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200864 gid)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000865
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800866 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.fchown
867
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400868 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes4e30a842007-11-30 22:12:06 +0000869
870
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000871.. function:: fdatasync(fd)
872
873 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. Does not force update of
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000874 metadata.
875
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400876 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000877
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +0000878 .. note::
879 This function is not available on MacOS.
880
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000881
882.. function:: fpathconf(fd, name)
883
884 Return system configuration information relevant to an open file. *name*
885 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
886 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
887 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
888 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
889 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
890 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000891
892 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
893 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
894 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
895 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
896
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200897 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.pathconf(fd, name)``.
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200898
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400899 .. availability:: Unix.
Senthil Kumaran2a97cee2013-09-19 00:08:56 -0700900
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000901
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +0100902.. function:: fstat(fd)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000903
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +0200904 Get the status of the file descriptor *fd*. Return a :class:`stat_result`
905 object.
906
907 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(fd)``.
908
909 .. seealso::
910
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +0300911 The :func:`.stat` function.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000912
Georg Brandlb1a1ac02012-06-24 11:54:07 +0200913
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000914.. function:: fstatvfs(fd)
915
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200916 Return information about the filesystem containing the file associated with
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200917 file descriptor *fd*, like :func:`statvfs`. As of Python 3.3, this is
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +0200918 equivalent to ``os.statvfs(fd)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000919
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400920 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000921
922
923.. function:: fsync(fd)
924
925 Force write of file with filedescriptor *fd* to disk. On Unix, this calls the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +0000926 native :c:func:`fsync` function; on Windows, the MS :c:func:`_commit` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000927
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +0000928 If you're starting with a buffered Python :term:`file object` *f*, first do
929 ``f.flush()``, and then do ``os.fsync(f.fileno())``, to ensure that all internal
930 buffers associated with *f* are written to disk.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000931
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400932 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000933
934
935.. function:: ftruncate(fd, length)
936
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200937 Truncate the file corresponding to file descriptor *fd*, so that it is at
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +0200938 most *length* bytes in size. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +0200939 ``os.truncate(fd, length)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000940
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -0700941 .. audit-event:: os.truncate fd,length os.ftruncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700942
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400943 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000944
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -0700945 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
946 Added support for Windows
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000947
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700948
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200949.. function:: get_blocking(fd)
950
951 Get the blocking mode of the file descriptor: ``False`` if the
952 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag is set, ``True`` if the flag is cleared.
953
954 See also :func:`set_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
955
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400956 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +0200957
958 .. versionadded:: 3.5
959
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -0700960
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000961.. function:: isatty(fd)
962
963 Return ``True`` if the file descriptor *fd* is open and connected to a
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +0000964 tty(-like) device, else ``False``.
965
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000966
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200967.. function:: lockf(fd, cmd, len)
968
969 Apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file descriptor.
970 *fd* is an open file descriptor.
971 *cmd* specifies the command to use - one of :data:`F_LOCK`, :data:`F_TLOCK`,
972 :data:`F_ULOCK` or :data:`F_TEST`.
973 *len* specifies the section of the file to lock.
974
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -0800975 .. audit-event:: os.lockf fd,cmd,len os.lockf
976
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400977 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200978
979 .. versionadded:: 3.3
980
981
982.. data:: F_LOCK
983 F_TLOCK
984 F_ULOCK
985 F_TEST
986
987 Flags that specify what action :func:`lockf` will take.
988
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -0400989 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +0200990
991 .. versionadded:: 3.3
992
Georg Brandlf62445a2012-06-24 13:31:20 +0200993
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +0000994.. function:: lseek(fd, pos, how)
995
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +0000996 Set the current position of file descriptor *fd* to position *pos*, modified
997 by *how*: :const:`SEEK_SET` or ``0`` to set the position relative to the
998 beginning of the file; :const:`SEEK_CUR` or ``1`` to set it relative to the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +0300999 current position; :const:`SEEK_END` or ``2`` to set it relative to the end of
Victor Stinnere83f8992011-12-17 23:15:09 +01001000 the file. Return the new cursor position in bytes, starting from the beginning.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001001
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001002
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001003.. data:: SEEK_SET
1004 SEEK_CUR
1005 SEEK_END
1006
1007 Parameters to the :func:`lseek` function. Their values are 0, 1, and 2,
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001008 respectively.
1009
Jesus Cea94363612012-06-22 18:32:07 +02001010 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1011 Some operating systems could support additional values, like
1012 :data:`os.SEEK_HOLE` or :data:`os.SEEK_DATA`.
1013
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001014
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001015.. function:: open(path, flags, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001016
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00001017 Open the file *path* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001018 its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value
1019 is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001020 The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001021
1022 For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation;
1023 flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001024 the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001025 :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001026
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001027 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001028 <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001029
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001030 .. audit-event:: open path,mode,flags os.open
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07001031
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001032 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1033 The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable.
1034
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001035 .. note::
1036
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001037 This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001038 built-in function :func:`open`, which returns a :term:`file object` with
Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven9c558bcf2010-07-13 14:47:01 +00001039 :meth:`~file.read` and :meth:`~file.write` methods (and many more). To
Antoine Pitrou11cb9612010-09-15 11:11:28 +00001040 wrap a file descriptor in a file object, use :func:`fdopen`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001041
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001042 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001043 The *dir_fd* argument.
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001044
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001045 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001046 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001047 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1048 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1049
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001050 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1051 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1052
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001053The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the
1054:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator
1055``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of
1056their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01001057or `the MSDN <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001058
1059
1060.. data:: O_RDONLY
1061 O_WRONLY
1062 O_RDWR
1063 O_APPEND
1064 O_CREAT
1065 O_EXCL
1066 O_TRUNC
1067
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001068 The above constants are available on Unix and Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001069
1070
1071.. data:: O_DSYNC
1072 O_RSYNC
1073 O_SYNC
1074 O_NDELAY
1075 O_NONBLOCK
1076 O_NOCTTY
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001077 O_CLOEXEC
1078
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001079 The above constants are only available on Unix.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001080
1081 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1082 Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant.
1083
1084.. data:: O_BINARY
1085 O_NOINHERIT
1086 O_SHORT_LIVED
1087 O_TEMPORARY
1088 O_RANDOM
1089 O_SEQUENTIAL
1090 O_TEXT
1091
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001092 The above constants are only available on Windows.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001093
Dong-hee Naf917c242021-02-04 08:32:55 +09001094.. data:: O_EVTONLY
1095 O_FSYNC
1096 O_SYMLINK
1097 O_NOFOLLOW_ANY
1098
1099 The above constants are only available on macOS.
1100
1101 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
1102 Add :data:`O_EVTONLY`, :data:`O_FSYNC`, :data:`O_SYMLINK`
1103 and :data:`O_NOFOLLOW_ANY` constants.
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001104
1105.. data:: O_ASYNC
1106 O_DIRECT
1107 O_DIRECTORY
1108 O_NOFOLLOW
1109 O_NOATIME
1110 O_PATH
Christian Heimes177b3f92013-08-16 14:35:09 +02001111 O_TMPFILE
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001112 O_SHLOCK
1113 O_EXLOCK
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001114
Vinay Sajipe4946e72016-09-11 15:15:59 +01001115 The above constants are extensions and not present if they are not defined by
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04001116 the C library.
1117
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001118 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07001119 Add :data:`O_PATH` on systems that support it.
1120 Add :data:`O_TMPFILE`, only available on Linux Kernel 3.11
1121 or newer.
Christian Heimesd88f7352013-08-16 14:37:50 +02001122
Antoine Pitrouf65132d2011-02-25 23:25:17 +00001123
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001124.. function:: openpty()
1125
1126 .. index:: module: pty
1127
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001128 Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors
1129 ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file
1130 descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more
1131 portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001132
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001133 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001134
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001135 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1136 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1137
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001138
1139.. function:: pipe()
1140
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001141 Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for
Victor Stinner05f31bf2013-11-06 01:48:45 +01001142 reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor is
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001143 :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001144
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001145 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001146
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001147 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
1148 The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable.
1149
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001150
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001151.. function:: pipe2(flags)
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001152
1153 Create a pipe with *flags* set atomically.
Charles-François Natali368f34b2011-06-06 19:49:47 +02001154 *flags* can be constructed by ORing together one or more of these values:
1155 :data:`O_NONBLOCK`, :data:`O_CLOEXEC`.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001156 Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading and writing,
1157 respectively.
1158
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001159 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Charles-François Natalidaafdd52011-05-29 20:07:40 +02001160
1161 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1162
1163
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001164.. function:: posix_fallocate(fd, offset, len)
1165
1166 Ensures that enough disk space is allocated for the file specified by *fd*
1167 starting from *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1168
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001169 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001170
1171 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1172
1173
1174.. function:: posix_fadvise(fd, offset, len, advice)
1175
1176 Announces an intention to access data in a specific pattern thus allowing
1177 the kernel to make optimizations.
1178 The advice applies to the region of the file specified by *fd* starting at
1179 *offset* and continuing for *len* bytes.
1180 *advice* is one of :data:`POSIX_FADV_NORMAL`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL`,
1181 :data:`POSIX_FADV_RANDOM`, :data:`POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE`,
1182 :data:`POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED` or :data:`POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED`.
1183
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001184 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001185
1186 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1187
1188
1189.. data:: POSIX_FADV_NORMAL
1190 POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL
1191 POSIX_FADV_RANDOM
1192 POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE
1193 POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED
1194 POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED
1195
1196 Flags that can be used in *advice* in :func:`posix_fadvise` that specify
1197 the access pattern that is likely to be used.
1198
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001199 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001200
1201 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1202
1203
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001204.. function:: pread(fd, n, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001205
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001206 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset*,
1207 leaving the file offset unchanged.
1208
1209 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1210 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001211
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001212 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001213
1214 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1215
1216
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001217.. function:: preadv(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1218
1219 Read from a file descriptor *fd* at a position of *offset* into mutable
1220 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*, leaving the file
1221 offset unchanged. Transfer data into each buffer until it is full and then
1222 move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the rest of the data.
1223
1224 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
1225 flags:
1226
1227 - :data:`RWF_HIPRI`
1228 - :data:`RWF_NOWAIT`
1229
1230 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1231 total capacity of all the objects.
1232
1233 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1234 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1235
1236 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.readv` and :func:`os.pread`.
1237
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001238 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001239 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1240 Linux 4.6 or newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001241
1242 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1243
1244
1245.. data:: RWF_NOWAIT
1246
1247 Do not wait for data which is not immediately available. If this flag is
1248 specified, the system call will return instantly if it would have to read
1249 data from the backing storage or wait for a lock.
1250
1251 If some data was successfully read, it will return the number of bytes read.
1252 If no bytes were read, it will return ``-1`` and set errno to
1253 :data:`errno.EAGAIN`.
1254
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001255 .. availability:: Linux 4.14 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001256
1257 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1258
1259
1260.. data:: RWF_HIPRI
1261
1262 High priority read/write. Allows block-based filesystems to use polling
1263 of the device, which provides lower latency, but may use additional
1264 resources.
1265
1266 Currently, on Linux, this feature is usable only on a file descriptor opened
1267 using the :data:`O_DIRECT` flag.
1268
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001269 .. availability:: Linux 4.6 and newer.
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001270
1271 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1272
1273
Jesus Cea67503c52014-10-20 16:18:24 +02001274.. function:: pwrite(fd, str, offset)
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001275
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001276 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd* at position of
1277 *offset*, leaving the file offset unchanged.
1278
1279 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001280
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001281 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001282
1283 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1284
1285
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001286.. function:: pwritev(fd, buffers, offset, flags=0)
1287
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001288 Write the *buffers* contents to file descriptor *fd* at a offset *offset*,
1289 leaving the file offset unchanged. *buffers* must be a sequence of
1290 :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are processed in
1291 array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written before
1292 proceeding to the second, and so on.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001293
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001294 The flags argument contains a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001295 flags:
1296
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001297 - :data:`RWF_DSYNC`
1298 - :data:`RWF_SYNC`
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001299 - :data:`RWF_APPEND`
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001300
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001301 Return the total number of bytes actually written.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001302
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001303 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1304 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
1305
1306 Combine the functionality of :func:`os.writev` and :func:`os.pwrite`.
1307
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001308 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 and newer, FreeBSD 6.0 and newer,
Batuhan Taskayacae22752020-05-17 01:36:40 +03001309 OpenBSD 2.7 and newer, AIX 7.1 and newer. Using flags requires
1310 Linux 4.7 or newer.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001311
1312 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1313
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001314
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001315.. data:: RWF_DSYNC
1316
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001317 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_DSYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1318 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001319
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001320 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001321
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001322 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1323
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001324
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001325.. data:: RWF_SYNC
1326
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001327 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_SYNC` :func:`os.open` flag.
1328 This flag effect applies only to the data range written by the system call.
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001329
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001330 .. availability:: Linux 4.7 and newer.
Pablo Galindod6ef6db2018-04-25 18:48:27 +01001331
Pablo Galindo4defba32018-01-27 16:16:37 +00001332 .. versionadded:: 3.7
1333
1334
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001335.. data:: RWF_APPEND
1336
Andre Delfino96a09df2020-12-17 14:25:55 -03001337 Provide a per-write equivalent of the :data:`O_APPEND` :func:`os.open`
1338 flag. This flag is meaningful only for :func:`os.pwritev`, and its
1339 effect applies only to the data range written by the system call. The
1340 *offset* argument does not affect the write operation; the data is always
1341 appended to the end of the file. However, if the *offset* argument is
1342 ``-1``, the current file *offset* is updated.
YoSTEALTH76ef2552020-05-27 15:32:22 -06001343
1344 .. availability:: Linux 4.16 and newer.
1345
1346 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1347
1348
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001349.. function:: read(fd, n)
1350
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001351 Read at most *n* bytes from file descriptor *fd*.
1352
1353 Return a bytestring containing the bytes read. If the end of the file
1354 referred to by *fd* has been reached, an empty bytes object is returned.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001355
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001356 .. note::
1357
1358 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Georg Brandlb2462e22012-06-24 13:24:56 +02001359 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To read a
1360 "file object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by
1361 :func:`popen` or :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdin`, use its
1362 :meth:`~file.read` or :meth:`~file.readline` methods.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001363
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001364 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001365 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001366 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1367 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1368
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001369
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001370.. function:: sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count)
Serhiy Storchaka2b560312020-04-18 19:14:10 +03001371 sendfile(out_fd, in_fd, offset, count, headers=(), trailers=(), flags=0)
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001372
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001373 Copy *count* bytes from file descriptor *in_fd* to file descriptor *out_fd*
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001374 starting at *offset*.
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001375 Return the number of bytes sent. When EOF is reached return ``0``.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001376
1377 The first function notation is supported by all platforms that define
1378 :func:`sendfile`.
1379
1380 On Linux, if *offset* is given as ``None``, the bytes are read from the
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001381 current position of *in_fd* and the position of *in_fd* is updated.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001382
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -07001383 The second case may be used on macOS and FreeBSD where *headers* and
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001384 *trailers* are arbitrary sequences of buffers that are written before and
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001385 after the data from *in_fd* is written. It returns the same as the first case.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001386
Miss Islington (bot)3dc88ff2021-07-26 13:22:26 -07001387 On macOS and FreeBSD, a value of ``0`` for *count* specifies to send until
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001388 the end of *in_fd* is reached.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001389
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001390 All platforms support sockets as *out_fd* file descriptor, and some platforms
Charles-Francois Natalia771a1b2013-05-01 15:12:20 +02001391 allow other types (e.g. regular file, pipe) as well.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001392
Giampaolo Rodola'409569b2014-04-24 18:09:21 +02001393 Cross-platform applications should not use *headers*, *trailers* and *flags*
1394 arguments.
1395
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001396 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001397
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001398 .. note::
1399
Benjamin Peterson0ce95372014-06-15 18:30:27 -07001400 For a higher-level wrapper of :func:`sendfile`, see
Martin Panter3133a9f2015-09-11 23:44:18 +00001401 :meth:`socket.socket.sendfile`.
Giampaolo Rodola'915d1412014-06-11 03:54:30 +02001402
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001403 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1404
Serhiy Storchaka140a7d12019-10-13 11:59:31 +03001405 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
1406 Parameters *out* and *in* was renamed to *out_fd* and *in_fd*.
1407
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001408
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001409.. function:: set_blocking(fd, blocking)
1410
1411 Set the blocking mode of the specified file descriptor. Set the
1412 :data:`O_NONBLOCK` flag if blocking is ``False``, clear the flag otherwise.
1413
1414 See also :func:`get_blocking` and :meth:`socket.socket.setblocking`.
1415
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001416 .. availability:: Unix.
Victor Stinner1db9e7b2014-07-29 22:32:47 +02001417
1418 .. versionadded:: 3.5
1419
1420
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001421.. data:: SF_NODISKIO
1422 SF_MNOWAIT
1423 SF_SYNC
1424
1425 Parameters to the :func:`sendfile` function, if the implementation supports
1426 them.
1427
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001428 .. availability:: Unix.
Giampaolo Rodolàc9c2c8b2011-02-25 14:39:16 +00001429
1430 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1431
1432
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001433.. function:: splice(src, dst, count, offset_src=None, offset_dst=None)
1434
1435 Transfer *count* bytes from file descriptor *src*, starting from offset
1436 *offset_src*, to file descriptor *dst*, starting from offset *offset_dst*.
1437 At least one of the file descriptors must refer to a pipe. If *offset_src*
1438 is None, then *src* is read from the current position; respectively for
1439 *offset_dst*. The offset associated to the file descriptor that refers to a
1440 pipe must be ``None``. The files pointed by *src* and *dst* must reside in
1441 the same filesystem, otherwise an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
1442 :attr:`~OSError.errno` set to :data:`errno.EXDEV`.
1443
1444 This copy is done without the additional cost of transferring data
1445 from the kernel to user space and then back into the kernel. Additionally,
1446 some filesystems could implement extra optimizations. The copy is done as if
1447 both files are opened as binary.
1448
1449 Upon successful completion, returns the number of bytes spliced to or from
1450 the pipe. A return value of 0 means end of input. If *src* refers to a
1451 pipe, then this means that there was no data to transfer, and it would not
1452 make sense to block because there are no writers connected to the write end
1453 of the pipe.
1454
Pablo Galindoe59958f2020-11-17 19:57:03 +00001455 .. availability:: Linux kernel >= 2.6.17 and glibc >= 2.5
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001456
1457 .. versionadded:: 3.10
1458
1459
1460.. data:: SPLICE_F_MOVE
1461 SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK
1462 SPLICE_F_MORE
1463
Pablo Galindofa966082020-11-17 18:13:50 +00001464 .. versionadded:: 3.10
Pablo Galindoa57b3d32020-11-17 00:00:38 +00001465
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001466.. function:: readv(fd, buffers)
1467
Benjamin Petersone83ed432014-01-18 22:54:59 -05001468 Read from a file descriptor *fd* into a number of mutable :term:`bytes-like
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001469 objects <bytes-like object>` *buffers*. Transfer data into each buffer until
1470 it is full and then move on to the next buffer in the sequence to hold the
1471 rest of the data.
1472
1473 Return the total number of bytes actually read which can be less than the
1474 total capacity of all the objects.
1475
1476 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1477 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001478
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001479 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001480
1481 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1482
1483
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001484.. function:: tcgetpgrp(fd)
1485
1486 Return the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001487 file descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`).
1488
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001489 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001490
1491
1492.. function:: tcsetpgrp(fd, pg)
1493
1494 Set the process group associated with the terminal given by *fd* (an open file
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001495 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open`) to *pg*.
1496
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001497 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001498
1499
1500.. function:: ttyname(fd)
1501
1502 Return a string which specifies the terminal device associated with
Georg Brandl9afde1c2007-11-01 20:32:30 +00001503 file descriptor *fd*. If *fd* is not associated with a terminal device, an
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001504 exception is raised.
1505
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001506 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001507
1508
1509.. function:: write(fd, str)
1510
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001511 Write the bytestring in *str* to file descriptor *fd*.
1512
1513 Return the number of bytes actually written.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001514
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001515 .. note::
1516
1517 This function is intended for low-level I/O and must be applied to a file
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001518 descriptor as returned by :func:`os.open` or :func:`pipe`. To write a "file
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001519 object" returned by the built-in function :func:`open` or by :func:`popen` or
Benjamin Petersonfa0d7032009-06-01 22:42:33 +00001520 :func:`fdopen`, or :data:`sys.stdout` or :data:`sys.stderr`, use its
1521 :meth:`~file.write` method.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001522
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001523 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02001524 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01001525 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
1526 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
1527
Georg Brandl8569e582010-05-19 20:57:08 +00001528
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001529.. function:: writev(fd, buffers)
1530
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001531 Write the contents of *buffers* to file descriptor *fd*. *buffers* must be
1532 a sequence of :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`. Buffers are
1533 processed in array order. Entire contents of the first buffer is written
1534 before proceeding to the second, and so on.
Senthil Kumarand37de3c2016-06-18 11:21:50 -07001535
Pablo Galindo02e2a082018-05-31 00:00:04 +01001536 Returns the total number of bytes actually written.
1537
1538 The operating system may set a limit (:func:`sysconf` value
1539 ``'SC_IOV_MAX'``) on the number of buffers that can be used.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001540
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001541 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02001542
1543 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1544
1545
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001546.. _terminal-size:
1547
1548Querying the size of a terminal
1549~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1550
1551.. versionadded:: 3.3
1552
1553.. function:: get_terminal_size(fd=STDOUT_FILENO)
1554
1555 Return the size of the terminal window as ``(columns, lines)``,
1556 tuple of type :class:`terminal_size`.
1557
1558 The optional argument ``fd`` (default ``STDOUT_FILENO``, or standard
1559 output) specifies which file descriptor should be queried.
1560
1561 If the file descriptor is not connected to a terminal, an :exc:`OSError`
Andrew Svetlov5b898402012-12-18 21:26:36 +02001562 is raised.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001563
1564 :func:`shutil.get_terminal_size` is the high-level function which
1565 should normally be used, ``os.get_terminal_size`` is the low-level
1566 implementation.
1567
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001568 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001569
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001570.. class:: terminal_size
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001571
Georg Brandl6cff9ff2012-06-24 14:05:40 +02001572 A subclass of tuple, holding ``(columns, lines)`` of the terminal window size.
Antoine Pitroubcf2b592012-02-08 23:28:36 +01001573
1574 .. attribute:: columns
1575
1576 Width of the terminal window in characters.
1577
1578 .. attribute:: lines
1579
1580 Height of the terminal window in characters.
1581
1582
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001583.. _fd_inheritance:
1584
1585Inheritance of File Descriptors
1586~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1587
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001588.. versionadded:: 3.4
1589
1590A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor
1591can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001592created by Python are non-inheritable by default.
1593
1594On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the
1595execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited.
1596
1597On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001598processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout
Serhiy Storchaka690a6a92013-10-13 20:13:37 +03001599and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions,
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001600all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited.
1601Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001602streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the
1603*close_fds* parameter is ``False``.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001604
1605.. function:: get_inheritable(fd)
1606
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001607 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001608
1609.. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable)
1610
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001611 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001612
1613.. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle)
1614
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001615 Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean).
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001616
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001617 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001618
1619.. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable)
1620
Georg Brandl5642ff92013-09-15 10:37:57 +02001621 Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001622
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001623 .. availability:: Windows.
Victor Stinnerdaf45552013-08-28 00:53:59 +02001624
1625
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001626.. _os-file-dir:
1627
1628Files and Directories
1629---------------------
1630
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001631On some Unix platforms, many of these functions support one or more of these
1632features:
1633
1634.. _path_fd:
1635
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001636* **specifying a file descriptor:**
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001637 Normally the *path* argument provided to functions in the :mod:`os` module
1638 must be a string specifying a file path. However, some functions now
1639 alternatively accept an open file descriptor for their *path* argument.
1640 The function will then operate on the file referred to by the descriptor.
1641 (For POSIX systems, Python will call the variant of the function prefixed
1642 with ``f`` (e.g. call ``fchdir`` instead of ``chdir``).)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001643
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001644 You can check whether or not *path* can be specified as a file descriptor
1645 for a particular function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
1646 If this functionality is unavailable, using it will raise a
1647 :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001648
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001649 If the function also supports *dir_fd* or *follow_symlinks* arguments, it's
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001650 an error to specify one of those when supplying *path* as a file descriptor.
1651
1652.. _dir_fd:
1653
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001654* **paths relative to directory descriptors:** If *dir_fd* is not ``None``, it
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001655 should be a file descriptor referring to a directory, and the path to operate
1656 on should be relative; path will then be relative to that directory. If the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001657 path is absolute, *dir_fd* is ignored. (For POSIX systems, Python will call
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001658 the variant of the function with an ``at`` suffix and possibly prefixed with
1659 ``f`` (e.g. call ``faccessat`` instead of ``access``).
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001660
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001661 You can check whether or not *dir_fd* is supported for a particular function
1662 on your platform using :data:`os.supports_dir_fd`. If it's unavailable,
1663 using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001664
1665.. _follow_symlinks:
1666
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001667* **not following symlinks:** If *follow_symlinks* is
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001668 ``False``, and the last element of the path to operate on is a symbolic link,
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001669 the function will operate on the symbolic link itself rather than the file
1670 pointed to by the link. (For POSIX systems, Python will call the ``l...``
1671 variant of the function.)
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001672
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001673 You can check whether or not *follow_symlinks* is supported for a particular
1674 function on your platform using :data:`os.supports_follow_symlinks`.
1675 If it's unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001676
1677
1678
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001679.. function:: access(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, effective_ids=False, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001680
1681 Use the real uid/gid to test for access to *path*. Note that most operations
1682 will use the effective uid/gid, therefore this routine can be used in a
1683 suid/sgid environment to test if the invoking user has the specified access to
1684 *path*. *mode* should be :const:`F_OK` to test the existence of *path*, or it
1685 can be the inclusive OR of one or more of :const:`R_OK`, :const:`W_OK`, and
1686 :const:`X_OK` to test permissions. Return :const:`True` if access is allowed,
1687 :const:`False` if not. See the Unix man page :manpage:`access(2)` for more
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001688 information.
1689
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001690 This function can support specifying :ref:`paths relative to directory
1691 descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001692
1693 If *effective_ids* is ``True``, :func:`access` will perform its access
1694 checks using the effective uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
1695 *effective_ids* may not be supported on your platform; you can check whether
1696 or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_effective_ids`. If it is
1697 unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
1698
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001699 .. note::
1700
Georg Brandl502d9a52009-07-26 15:02:41 +00001701 Using :func:`access` to check if a user is authorized to e.g. open a file
1702 before actually doing so using :func:`open` creates a security hole,
1703 because the user might exploit the short time interval between checking
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001704 and opening the file to manipulate it. It's preferable to use :term:`EAFP`
1705 techniques. For example::
1706
1707 if os.access("myfile", os.R_OK):
1708 with open("myfile") as fp:
1709 return fp.read()
1710 return "some default data"
1711
1712 is better written as::
1713
1714 try:
1715 fp = open("myfile")
Antoine Pitrou62ab10a02011-10-12 20:10:51 +02001716 except PermissionError:
1717 return "some default data"
Benjamin Peterson249b5082011-05-20 11:41:13 -05001718 else:
1719 with fp:
1720 return fp.read()
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001721
1722 .. note::
1723
1724 I/O operations may fail even when :func:`access` indicates that they would
1725 succeed, particularly for operations on network filesystems which may have
1726 permissions semantics beyond the usual POSIX permission-bit model.
1727
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001728 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
1729 Added the *dir_fd*, *effective_ids*, and *follow_symlinks* parameters.
1730
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001731 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1732 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1733
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001734
1735.. data:: F_OK
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001736 R_OK
1737 W_OK
1738 X_OK
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001739
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001740 Values to pass as the *mode* parameter of :func:`access` to test the
1741 existence, readability, writability and executability of *path*,
1742 respectively.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001743
1744
1745.. function:: chdir(path)
1746
1747 .. index:: single: directory; changing
1748
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001749 Change the current working directory to *path*.
1750
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001751 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001752 descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an open file.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001753
Terry Jan Reedya9b40e42019-07-06 22:44:01 -04001754 This function can raise :exc:`OSError` and subclasses such as
Kyle Stanley0717b4d2019-07-06 21:20:15 -04001755 :exc:`FileNotFoundError`, :exc:`PermissionError`, and :exc:`NotADirectoryError`.
1756
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001757 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.chdir
1758
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001759 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1760 Added support for specifying *path* as a file descriptor
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001761 on some platforms.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001762
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001763 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1764 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1765
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001766
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001767.. function:: chflags(path, flags, *, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001768
1769 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*. *flags* may take a combination
1770 (bitwise OR) of the following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module):
1771
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001772 * :data:`stat.UF_NODUMP`
1773 * :data:`stat.UF_IMMUTABLE`
1774 * :data:`stat.UF_APPEND`
1775 * :data:`stat.UF_OPAQUE`
1776 * :data:`stat.UF_NOUNLINK`
Ned Deily3eb67d52011-06-28 00:00:28 -07001777 * :data:`stat.UF_COMPRESSED`
1778 * :data:`stat.UF_HIDDEN`
R David Murray30178062011-03-10 17:18:33 -05001779 * :data:`stat.SF_ARCHIVED`
1780 * :data:`stat.SF_IMMUTABLE`
1781 * :data:`stat.SF_APPEND`
1782 * :data:`stat.SF_NOUNLINK`
1783 * :data:`stat.SF_SNAPSHOT`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001784
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001785 This function can support :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001786
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001787 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.chflags
1788
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001789 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001790
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001791 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1792 The *follow_symlinks* argument.
1793
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001794 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1795 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1796
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001797
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001798.. function:: chmod(path, mode, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001799
1800 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. *mode* may take one of the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00001801 following values (as defined in the :mod:`stat` module) or bitwise ORed
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001802 combinations of them:
1803
Alexandre Vassalottic22c6f22009-07-21 00:51:58 +00001804 * :data:`stat.S_ISUID`
1805 * :data:`stat.S_ISGID`
1806 * :data:`stat.S_ENFMT`
1807 * :data:`stat.S_ISVTX`
1808 * :data:`stat.S_IREAD`
1809 * :data:`stat.S_IWRITE`
1810 * :data:`stat.S_IEXEC`
1811 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXU`
1812 * :data:`stat.S_IRUSR`
1813 * :data:`stat.S_IWUSR`
1814 * :data:`stat.S_IXUSR`
1815 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXG`
1816 * :data:`stat.S_IRGRP`
1817 * :data:`stat.S_IWGRP`
1818 * :data:`stat.S_IXGRP`
1819 * :data:`stat.S_IRWXO`
1820 * :data:`stat.S_IROTH`
1821 * :data:`stat.S_IWOTH`
1822 * :data:`stat.S_IXOTH`
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001823
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001824 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1825 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1826 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001827
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001828 .. note::
1829
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001830 Although Windows supports :func:`chmod`, you can only set the file's
1831 read-only flag with it (via the ``stat.S_IWRITE`` and ``stat.S_IREAD``
1832 constants or a corresponding integer value). All other bits are ignored.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001833
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001834 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.chmod
1835
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001836 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1837 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
1838 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001839
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001840 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1841 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1842
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001843
1844.. function:: chown(path, uid, gid, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001845
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001846 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. To
1847 leave one of the ids unchanged, set it to -1.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001848
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001849 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
1850 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
1851 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001852
Sandro Tosid902a142011-08-22 23:28:27 +02001853 See :func:`shutil.chown` for a higher-level function that accepts names in
1854 addition to numeric ids.
1855
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001856 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.chown
1857
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001858 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001859
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001860 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001861 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001862 and the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001863
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001864 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1865 Supports a :term:`path-like object`.
1866
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001867
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001868.. function:: chroot(path)
1869
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02001870 Change the root directory of the current process to *path*.
1871
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001872 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001873
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001874 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1875 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1876
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001877
1878.. function:: fchdir(fd)
1879
1880 Change the current working directory to the directory represented by the file
1881 descriptor *fd*. The descriptor must refer to an opened directory, not an
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001882 open file. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.chdir(fd)``.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001883
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001884 .. audit-event:: os.chdir path os.fchdir
1885
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001886 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001887
1888
1889.. function:: getcwd()
1890
1891 Return a string representing the current working directory.
1892
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001893
1894.. function:: getcwdb()
1895
1896 Return a bytestring representing the current working directory.
1897
Victor Stinner689830e2019-06-26 17:31:12 +02001898 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
1899 The function now uses the UTF-8 encoding on Windows, rather than the ANSI
1900 code page: see :pep:`529` for the rationale. The function is no longer
1901 deprecated on Windows.
1902
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02001903
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001904.. function:: lchflags(path, flags)
1905
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001906 Set the flags of *path* to the numeric *flags*, like :func:`chflags`, but do
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001907 not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001908 ``os.chflags(path, flags, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001909
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001910 .. audit-event:: os.chflags path,flags os.lchflags
1911
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001912 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001913
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001914 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1915 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1916
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001917
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001918.. function:: lchmod(path, mode)
1919
1920 Change the mode of *path* to the numeric *mode*. If path is a symlink, this
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001921 affects the symlink rather than the target. See the docs for :func:`chmod`
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001922 for possible values of *mode*. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001923 ``os.chmod(path, mode, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001924
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001925 .. audit-event:: os.chmod path,mode,dir_fd os.lchmod
1926
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001927 .. availability:: Unix.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001928
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001929 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1930 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Christian Heimes93852662007-12-01 12:22:32 +00001931
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001932.. function:: lchown(path, uid, gid)
1933
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02001934 Change the owner and group id of *path* to the numeric *uid* and *gid*. This
Georg Brandl4d399a42012-06-25 07:40:32 +02001935 function will not follow symbolic links. As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent
Georg Brandlb9df00c2012-06-24 12:38:14 +02001936 to ``os.chown(path, uid, gid, follow_symlinks=False)``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001937
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001938 .. audit-event:: os.chown path,uid,gid,dir_fd os.lchown
1939
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001940 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001941
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001942 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1943 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
1944
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001945
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001946.. function:: link(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001947
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001948 Create a hard link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04001949
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02001950 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
1951 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`, and :ref:`not
1952 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00001953
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08001954 .. audit-event:: os.link src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.link
1955
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04001956 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtin1b9df392010-11-24 20:24:31 +00001957
1958 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1959 Added Windows support.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001960
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001961 .. versionadded:: 3.3
1962 Added the *src_dir_fd*, *dst_dir_fd*, and *follow_symlinks* arguments.
1963
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001964 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
1965 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
1966
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001967
Martin v. Löwis9c71f902010-07-24 10:09:11 +00001968.. function:: listdir(path='.')
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001969
Benjamin Peterson4469d0c2008-11-30 22:46:23 +00001970 Return a list containing the names of the entries in the directory given by
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001971 *path*. The list is in arbitrary order, and does not include the special
1972 entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` even if they are present in the directory.
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03001973 If a file is removed from or added to the directory during the call of
1974 this function, whether a name for that file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001975
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07001976 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
1977 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
1978 the filenames returned will also be of type ``bytes``;
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001979 in all other circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001980
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07001981 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
1982 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001983
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07001984 .. audit-event:: os.listdir path os.listdir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07001985
Larry Hastingsfdaea062012-06-25 04:42:23 -07001986 .. note::
1987 To encode ``str`` filenames to ``bytes``, use :func:`~os.fsencode`.
1988
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001989 .. seealso::
1990
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02001991 The :func:`scandir` function returns directory entries along with
1992 file attribute information, giving better performance for many
1993 common use cases.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01001994
Martin v. Löwisc9e1c7d2010-07-23 12:16:41 +00001995 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
1996 The *path* parameter became optional.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00001997
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07001998 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04001999 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Benjamin Peterson799bd802011-08-31 22:15:17 -04002000
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002001 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2002 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2003
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002004
Andre Delfinodcc997c2020-12-16 22:37:28 -03002005.. function:: lstat(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002006
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002007 Perform the equivalent of an :c:func:`lstat` system call on the given path.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002008 Similar to :func:`~os.stat`, but does not follow symbolic links. Return a
2009 :class:`stat_result` object.
2010
2011 On platforms that do not support symbolic links, this is an alias for
2012 :func:`~os.stat`.
2013
2014 As of Python 3.3, this is equivalent to ``os.stat(path, dir_fd=dir_fd,
2015 follow_symlinks=False)``.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002016
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002017 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2018 <dir_fd>`.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002019
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002020 .. seealso::
2021
Berker Peksag2034caa2015-04-27 13:53:28 +03002022 The :func:`.stat` function.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002023
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002024 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2025 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002026
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002027 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
2028 Added the *dir_fd* parameter.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002029
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002030 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Sergey Fedoseev7f8e0722021-04-26 02:24:41 +05002031 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002032
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002033 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2034 On Windows, now opens reparse points that represent another path
2035 (name surrogates), including symbolic links and directory junctions.
2036 Other kinds of reparse points are resolved by the operating system as
2037 for :func:`~os.stat`.
2038
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02002039
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002040.. function:: mkdir(path, mode=0o777, *, dir_fd=None)
2041
2042 Create a directory named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2043
Miss Islington (bot)efa72502022-03-14 13:50:41 -07002044 If the directory already exists, :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised. If a parent
2045 directory in the path does not exist, :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is raised.
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002046
2047 .. _mkdir_modebits:
2048
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002049 On some systems, *mode* is ignored. Where it is used, the current umask
Tommy Beadle63b91e52016-06-02 15:41:20 -04002050 value is first masked out. If bits other than the last 9 (i.e. the last 3
2051 digits of the octal representation of the *mode*) are set, their meaning is
2052 platform-dependent. On some platforms, they are ignored and you should call
2053 :func:`chmod` explicitly to set them.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002054
2055 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2056 <dir_fd>`.
2057
2058 It is also possible to create temporary directories; see the
2059 :mod:`tempfile` module's :func:`tempfile.mkdtemp` function.
2060
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002061 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.mkdir
2062
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002063 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2064 The *dir_fd* argument.
2065
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002066 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2067 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2068
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002069
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002070.. function:: makedirs(name, mode=0o777, exist_ok=False)
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002071
2072 .. index::
2073 single: directory; creating
2074 single: UNC paths; and os.makedirs()
2075
2076 Recursive directory creation function. Like :func:`mkdir`, but makes all
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002077 intermediate-level directories needed to contain the leaf directory.
2078
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002079 The *mode* parameter is passed to :func:`mkdir` for creating the leaf
2080 directory; see :ref:`the mkdir() description <mkdir_modebits>` for how it
2081 is interpreted. To set the file permission bits of any newly-created parent
2082 directories you can set the umask before invoking :func:`makedirs`. The
2083 file permission bits of existing parent directories are not changed.
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002084
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002085 If *exist_ok* is ``False`` (the default), an :exc:`FileExistsError` is
2086 raised if the target directory already exists.
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002087
2088 .. note::
2089
2090 :func:`makedirs` will become confused if the path elements to create
Hynek Schlawack0230b6a2012-10-07 18:04:38 +02002091 include :data:`pardir` (eg. ".." on UNIX systems).
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002092
2093 This function handles UNC paths correctly.
2094
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002095 .. audit-event:: os.mkdir path,mode,dir_fd os.makedirs
2096
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002097 .. versionadded:: 3.2
2098 The *exist_ok* parameter.
2099
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002100 .. versionchanged:: 3.4.1
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002101
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002102 Before Python 3.4.1, if *exist_ok* was ``True`` and the directory existed,
Benjamin Petersonee5f1c12014-04-01 19:13:18 -04002103 :func:`makedirs` would still raise an error if *mode* did not match the
2104 mode of the existing directory. Since this behavior was impossible to
Benjamin Peterson1acc69c2014-04-01 19:22:06 -04002105 implement safely, it was removed in Python 3.4.1. See :issue:`21082`.
Benjamin Peterson4717e212014-04-01 19:17:57 -04002106
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002107 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2108 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2109
Serhiy Storchakae304e332017-03-24 13:27:42 +02002110 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2111 The *mode* argument no longer affects the file permission bits of
2112 newly-created intermediate-level directories.
2113
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002114
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002115.. function:: mkfifo(path, mode=0o666, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002116
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002117 Create a FIFO (a named pipe) named *path* with numeric mode *mode*.
2118 The current umask value is first masked out from the mode.
2119
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002120 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2121 <dir_fd>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002122
2123 FIFOs are pipes that can be accessed like regular files. FIFOs exist until they
2124 are deleted (for example with :func:`os.unlink`). Generally, FIFOs are used as
2125 rendezvous between "client" and "server" type processes: the server opens the
2126 FIFO for reading, and the client opens it for writing. Note that :func:`mkfifo`
2127 doesn't open the FIFO --- it just creates the rendezvous point.
2128
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002129 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002130
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002131 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2132 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002133
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002134 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2135 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2136
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002137
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002138.. function:: mknod(path, mode=0o600, device=0, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002139
2140 Create a filesystem node (file, device special file or named pipe) named
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002141 *path*. *mode* specifies both the permissions to use and the type of node
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00002142 to be created, being combined (bitwise OR) with one of ``stat.S_IFREG``,
2143 ``stat.S_IFCHR``, ``stat.S_IFBLK``, and ``stat.S_IFIFO`` (those constants are
2144 available in :mod:`stat`). For ``stat.S_IFCHR`` and ``stat.S_IFBLK``,
2145 *device* defines the newly created device special file (probably using
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002146 :func:`os.makedev`), otherwise it is ignored.
2147
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002148 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2149 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002150
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002151 .. availability:: Unix.
Berker Peksag6129e142016-09-26 22:50:11 +03002152
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002153 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2154 The *dir_fd* argument.
2155
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002156 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2157 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2158
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002159
2160.. function:: major(device)
2161
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002162 Extract the device major number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002163 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002164
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002165
2166.. function:: minor(device)
2167
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002168 Extract the device minor number from a raw device number (usually the
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002169 :attr:`st_dev` or :attr:`st_rdev` field from :c:type:`stat`).
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002170
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002171
2172.. function:: makedev(major, minor)
2173
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002174 Compose a raw device number from the major and minor device numbers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002175
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002176
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002177.. function:: pathconf(path, name)
2178
2179 Return system configuration information relevant to a named file. *name*
2180 specifies the configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the
2181 name of a defined system value; these names are specified in a number of
2182 standards (POSIX.1, Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define
2183 additional names as well. The names known to the host operating system are
2184 given in the ``pathconf_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not
2185 included in that mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002186
2187 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
2188 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
2189 included in ``pathconf_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
2190 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
2191
Larry Hastings77892dc2012-06-25 03:27:33 -07002192 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02002193 <path_fd>`.
2194
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002195 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002196
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002197 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2198 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2199
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002200
2201.. data:: pathconf_names
2202
2203 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`pathconf` and :func:`fpathconf` to
2204 the integer values defined for those names by the host operating system. This
Georg Brandl8a5555f2012-06-24 13:29:09 +02002205 can be used to determine the set of names known to the system.
2206
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002207 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002208
2209
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002210.. function:: readlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002211
2212 Return a string representing the path to which the symbolic link points. The
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002213 result may be either an absolute or relative pathname; if it is relative, it
2214 may be converted to an absolute pathname using
2215 ``os.path.join(os.path.dirname(path), result)``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002216
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002217 If the *path* is a string object (directly or indirectly through a
2218 :class:`PathLike` interface), the result will also be a string object,
Martin Panter6245cb32016-04-15 02:14:19 +00002219 and the call may raise a UnicodeDecodeError. If the *path* is a bytes
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002220 object (direct or indirectly), the result will be a bytes object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002221
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002222 This function can also support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2223 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002224
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002225 When trying to resolve a path that may contain links, use
2226 :func:`~os.path.realpath` to properly handle recursion and platform
2227 differences.
2228
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002229 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002230
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00002231 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2232 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002233
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002234 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2235 The *dir_fd* argument.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002236
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002237 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002238 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` on Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002239
Berker Peksage0b5b202018-08-15 13:03:41 +03002240 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2241 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` and a bytes object on Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002242
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002243 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2244 Added support for directory junctions, and changed to return the
2245 substitution path (which typically includes ``\\?\`` prefix) rather
2246 than the optional "print name" field that was previously returned.
2247
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002248.. function:: remove(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002249
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002250 Remove (delete) the file *path*. If *path* is a directory, an
2251 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` is raised. Use :func:`rmdir` to remove directories.
Etienne Gautierb6daab22021-04-26 06:21:50 +02002252 If the file does not exist, a :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is raised.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002253
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002254 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2255 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002256
2257 On Windows, attempting to remove a file that is in use causes an exception to
2258 be raised; on Unix, the directory entry is removed but the storage allocated
2259 to the file is not made available until the original file is no longer in use.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002260
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08002261 This function is semantically identical to :func:`unlink`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002262
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002263 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.remove
2264
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002265 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002266 The *dir_fd* argument.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002267
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002268 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2269 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2270
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002271
Zachary Warea22ae212014-03-20 09:42:01 -05002272.. function:: removedirs(name)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002273
2274 .. index:: single: directory; deleting
2275
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00002276 Remove directories recursively. Works like :func:`rmdir` except that, if the
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002277 leaf directory is successfully removed, :func:`removedirs` tries to
2278 successively remove every parent directory mentioned in *path* until an error
2279 is raised (which is ignored, because it generally means that a parent directory
2280 is not empty). For example, ``os.removedirs('foo/bar/baz')`` will first remove
2281 the directory ``'foo/bar/baz'``, and then remove ``'foo/bar'`` and ``'foo'`` if
2282 they are empty. Raises :exc:`OSError` if the leaf directory could not be
2283 successfully removed.
2284
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002285 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.removedirs
2286
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002287 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2288 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2289
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002290
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002291.. function:: rename(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002292
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002293 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* exists, the operation
2294 will fail with an :exc:`OSError` subclass in a number of cases:
2295
2296 On Windows, if *dst* exists a :exc:`FileExistsError` is always raised.
2297
Mariatta7cbef722019-07-11 10:31:19 -07002298 On Unix, if *src* is a file and *dst* is a directory or vice-versa, an
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002299 :exc:`IsADirectoryError` or a :exc:`NotADirectoryError` will be raised
2300 respectively. If both are directories and *dst* is empty, *dst* will be
2301 silently replaced. If *dst* is a non-empty directory, an :exc:`OSError`
2302 is raised. If both are files, *dst* it will be replaced silently if the user
2303 has permission. The operation may fail on some Unix flavors if *src* and
2304 *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful, the renaming will be an
2305 atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002306
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002307 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2308 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002309
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002310 If you want cross-platform overwriting of the destination, use :func:`replace`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002311
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002312 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.rename
2313
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002314 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2315 The *src_dir_fd* and *dst_dir_fd* arguments.
2316
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002317 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2318 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2319
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002320
2321.. function:: renames(old, new)
2322
2323 Recursive directory or file renaming function. Works like :func:`rename`, except
2324 creation of any intermediate directories needed to make the new pathname good is
2325 attempted first. After the rename, directories corresponding to rightmost path
2326 segments of the old name will be pruned away using :func:`removedirs`.
2327
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002328 .. note::
2329
2330 This function can fail with the new directory structure made if you lack
2331 permissions needed to remove the leaf directory or file.
2332
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002333 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.renames
2334
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002335 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2336 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *old* and *new*.
2337
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002338
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002339.. function:: replace(src, dst, *, src_dir_fd=None, dst_dir_fd=None)
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002340
2341 Rename the file or directory *src* to *dst*. If *dst* is a directory,
2342 :exc:`OSError` will be raised. If *dst* exists and is a file, it will
2343 be replaced silently if the user has permission. The operation may fail
2344 if *src* and *dst* are on different filesystems. If successful,
2345 the renaming will be an atomic operation (this is a POSIX requirement).
2346
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002347 This function can support specifying *src_dir_fd* and/or *dst_dir_fd* to
2348 supply :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002349
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002350 .. audit-event:: os.rename src,dst,src_dir_fd,dst_dir_fd os.replace
2351
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002352 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2353
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002354 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2355 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
2356
Antoine Pitrouf3b2d882012-01-30 22:08:52 +01002357
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002358.. function:: rmdir(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002359
Tim Hoffmanna55f75a2019-07-05 10:41:35 +02002360 Remove (delete) the directory *path*. If the directory does not exist or is
2361 not empty, an :exc:`FileNotFoundError` or an :exc:`OSError` is raised
2362 respectively. In order to remove whole directory trees,
2363 :func:`shutil.rmtree` can be used.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002364
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002365 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
2366 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002367
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08002368 .. audit-event:: os.rmdir path,dir_fd os.rmdir
2369
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07002370 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2371 The *dir_fd* parameter.
2372
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002373 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2374 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2375
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002376
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002377.. function:: scandir(path='.')
2378
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002379 Return an iterator of :class:`os.DirEntry` objects corresponding to the
2380 entries in the directory given by *path*. The entries are yielded in
2381 arbitrary order, and the special entries ``'.'`` and ``'..'`` are not
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03002382 included. If a file is removed from or added to the directory after
2383 creating the iterator, whether an entry for that file be included is
2384 unspecified.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002385
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002386 Using :func:`scandir` instead of :func:`listdir` can significantly
2387 increase the performance of code that also needs file type or file
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002388 attribute information, because :class:`os.DirEntry` objects expose this
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002389 information if the operating system provides it when scanning a directory.
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002390 All :class:`os.DirEntry` methods may perform a system call, but
2391 :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir` and :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_file` usually only
2392 require a system call for symbolic links; :func:`os.DirEntry.stat`
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002393 always requires a system call on Unix but only requires one for
2394 symbolic links on Windows.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002395
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002396 *path* may be a :term:`path-like object`. If *path* is of type ``bytes``
2397 (directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface),
2398 the type of the :attr:`~os.DirEntry.name` and :attr:`~os.DirEntry.path`
2399 attributes of each :class:`os.DirEntry` will be ``bytes``; in all other
2400 circumstances, they will be of type ``str``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002401
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002402 This function can also support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor
2403 <path_fd>`; the file descriptor must refer to a directory.
2404
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07002405 .. audit-event:: os.scandir path os.scandir
Steve Dower60419a72019-06-24 08:42:54 -07002406
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002407 The :func:`scandir` iterator supports the :term:`context manager` protocol
2408 and has the following method:
2409
2410 .. method:: scandir.close()
2411
2412 Close the iterator and free acquired resources.
2413
2414 This is called automatically when the iterator is exhausted or garbage
2415 collected, or when an error happens during iterating. However it
2416 is advisable to call it explicitly or use the :keyword:`with`
2417 statement.
2418
2419 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2420
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002421 The following example shows a simple use of :func:`scandir` to display all
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002422 the files (excluding directories) in the given *path* that don't start with
2423 ``'.'``. The ``entry.is_file()`` call will generally not make an additional
2424 system call::
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002425
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002426 with os.scandir(path) as it:
2427 for entry in it:
2428 if not entry.name.startswith('.') and entry.is_file():
2429 print(entry.name)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002430
2431 .. note::
2432
2433 On Unix-based systems, :func:`scandir` uses the system's
2434 `opendir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/opendir.html>`_
2435 and
2436 `readdir() <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/readdir_r.html>`_
2437 functions. On Windows, it uses the Win32
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002438 `FindFirstFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364418(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002439 and
Georg Brandl5d941342016-02-26 19:37:12 +01002440 `FindNextFileW <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa364428(v=vs.85).aspx>`_
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002441 functions.
2442
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002443 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2444
Serhiy Storchakaffe96ae2016-02-11 13:21:30 +02002445 .. versionadded:: 3.6
2446 Added support for the :term:`context manager` protocol and the
2447 :func:`~scandir.close()` method. If a :func:`scandir` iterator is neither
2448 exhausted nor explicitly closed a :exc:`ResourceWarning` will be emitted
2449 in its destructor.
2450
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002451 The function accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2452
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002453 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
2454 Added support for :ref:`file descriptors <path_fd>` on Unix.
2455
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002456
2457.. class:: DirEntry
2458
2459 Object yielded by :func:`scandir` to expose the file path and other file
2460 attributes of a directory entry.
2461
2462 :func:`scandir` will provide as much of this information as possible without
2463 making additional system calls. When a ``stat()`` or ``lstat()`` system call
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002464 is made, the ``os.DirEntry`` object will cache the result.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002465
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002466 ``os.DirEntry`` instances are not intended to be stored in long-lived data
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002467 structures; if you know the file metadata has changed or if a long time has
2468 elapsed since calling :func:`scandir`, call ``os.stat(entry.path)`` to fetch
2469 up-to-date information.
2470
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002471 Because the ``os.DirEntry`` methods can make operating system calls, they may
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002472 also raise :exc:`OSError`. If you need very fine-grained
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002473 control over errors, you can catch :exc:`OSError` when calling one of the
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002474 ``os.DirEntry`` methods and handle as appropriate.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002475
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002476 To be directly usable as a :term:`path-like object`, ``os.DirEntry``
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002477 implements the :class:`PathLike` interface.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002478
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002479 Attributes and methods on a ``os.DirEntry`` instance are as follows:
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002480
2481 .. attribute:: name
2482
2483 The entry's base filename, relative to the :func:`scandir` *path*
2484 argument.
2485
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002486 The :attr:`name` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2487 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002488 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002489
2490 .. attribute:: path
2491
2492 The entry's full path name: equivalent to ``os.path.join(scandir_path,
2493 entry.name)`` where *scandir_path* is the :func:`scandir` *path*
2494 argument. The path is only absolute if the :func:`scandir` *path*
Serhiy Storchakaea720fe2017-03-30 09:12:31 +03002495 argument was absolute. If the :func:`scandir` *path*
2496 argument was a :ref:`file descriptor <path_fd>`, the :attr:`path`
2497 attribute is the same as the :attr:`name` attribute.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002498
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002499 The :attr:`path` attribute will be ``bytes`` if the :func:`scandir`
2500 *path* argument is of type ``bytes`` and ``str`` otherwise. Use
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002501 :func:`~os.fsdecode` to decode byte filenames.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002502
2503 .. method:: inode()
2504
2505 Return the inode number of the entry.
2506
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002507 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Use
2508 ``os.stat(entry.path, follow_symlinks=False).st_ino`` to fetch up-to-date
2509 information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002510
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002511 On the first, uncached call, a system call is required on Windows but
2512 not on Unix.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002513
Andre Delfinodcc997c2020-12-16 22:37:28 -03002514 .. method:: is_dir(*, follow_symlinks=True)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002515
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002516 Return ``True`` if this entry is a directory or a symbolic link pointing
2517 to a directory; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to any other
2518 kind of file, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002519
2520 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002521 is a directory (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the
2522 entry is any other kind of file or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002523
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002524 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002525 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` along
2526 with :func:`stat.S_ISDIR` to fetch up-to-date information.
2527
2528 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2529 Specifically, for non-symlinks, neither Windows or Unix require a system
2530 call, except on certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems,
2531 that return ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``. If the entry is a symlink,
2532 a system call will be required to follow the symlink unless
2533 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002534
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002535 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2536 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002537
Andre Delfinodcc997c2020-12-16 22:37:28 -03002538 .. method:: is_file(*, follow_symlinks=True)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002539
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002540 Return ``True`` if this entry is a file or a symbolic link pointing to a
2541 file; return ``False`` if the entry is or points to a directory or other
2542 non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002543
2544 If *follow_symlinks* is ``False``, return ``True`` only if this entry
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002545 is a file (without following symlinks); return ``False`` if the entry is
2546 a directory or other non-file entry, or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002547
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002548 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Caching, system calls
2549 made, and exceptions raised are as per :func:`~os.DirEntry.is_dir`.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002550
2551 .. method:: is_symlink()
2552
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002553 Return ``True`` if this entry is a symbolic link (even if broken);
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002554 return ``False`` if the entry points to a directory or any kind of file,
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002555 or if it doesn't exist anymore.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002556
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002557 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object. Call
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002558 :func:`os.path.islink` to fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002559
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002560 On the first, uncached call, no system call is required in most cases.
2561 Specifically, neither Windows or Unix require a system call, except on
2562 certain Unix file systems, such as network file systems, that return
2563 ``dirent.d_type == DT_UNKNOWN``.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002564
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002565 This method can raise :exc:`OSError`, such as :exc:`PermissionError`,
2566 but :exc:`FileNotFoundError` is caught and not raised.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002567
Andre Delfinodcc997c2020-12-16 22:37:28 -03002568 .. method:: stat(*, follow_symlinks=True)
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002569
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02002570 Return a :class:`stat_result` object for this entry. This method
2571 follows symbolic links by default; to stat a symbolic link add the
2572 ``follow_symlinks=False`` argument.
2573
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002574 On Unix, this method always requires a system call. On Windows, it
2575 only requires a system call if *follow_symlinks* is ``True`` and the
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002576 entry is a reparse point (for example, a symbolic link or directory
2577 junction).
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002578
2579 On Windows, the ``st_ino``, ``st_dev`` and ``st_nlink`` attributes of the
2580 :class:`stat_result` are always set to zero. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2581 get these attributes.
2582
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002583 The result is cached on the ``os.DirEntry`` object, with a separate cache
Victor Stinner5f0c5d92016-01-31 18:36:41 +01002584 for *follow_symlinks* ``True`` and ``False``. Call :func:`os.stat` to
2585 fetch up-to-date information.
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002586
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002587 Note that there is a nice correspondence between several attributes
Brett Cannona32c4d02016-06-24 14:14:44 -07002588 and methods of ``os.DirEntry`` and of :class:`pathlib.Path`. In
Brett Cannonc28592b2016-06-24 12:21:47 -07002589 particular, the ``name`` attribute has the same
Guido van Rossum1469d742016-01-06 11:36:03 -08002590 meaning, as do the ``is_dir()``, ``is_file()``, ``is_symlink()``
2591 and ``stat()`` methods.
2592
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002593 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2594
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002595 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Serhiy Storchaka3c38e062016-11-20 08:23:07 +02002596 Added support for the :class:`~os.PathLike` interface. Added support
2597 for :class:`bytes` paths on Windows.
Brett Cannon96881cd2016-06-10 14:37:21 -07002598
Victor Stinner6036e442015-03-08 01:58:04 +01002599
Andre Delfinodcc997c2020-12-16 22:37:28 -03002600.. function:: stat(path, *, dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002601
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002602 Get the status of a file or a file descriptor. Perform the equivalent of a
2603 :c:func:`stat` system call on the given path. *path* may be specified as
Xiang Zhang4459e002017-01-22 13:04:17 +08002604 either a string or bytes -- directly or indirectly through the :class:`PathLike`
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002605 interface -- or as an open file descriptor. Return a :class:`stat_result`
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002606 object.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002607
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002608 This function normally follows symlinks; to stat a symlink add the argument
2609 ``follow_symlinks=False``, or use :func:`lstat`.
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002610
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002611 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
2612 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002613
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002614 On Windows, passing ``follow_symlinks=False`` will disable following all
2615 name-surrogate reparse points, which includes symlinks and directory
2616 junctions. Other types of reparse points that do not resemble links or that
2617 the operating system is unable to follow will be opened directly. When
2618 following a chain of multiple links, this may result in the original link
2619 being returned instead of the non-link that prevented full traversal. To
2620 obtain stat results for the final path in this case, use the
2621 :func:`os.path.realpath` function to resolve the path name as far as
2622 possible and call :func:`lstat` on the result. This does not apply to
2623 dangling symlinks or junction points, which will raise the usual exceptions.
2624
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002625 .. index:: module: stat
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002626
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002627 Example::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002628
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002629 >>> import os
2630 >>> statinfo = os.stat('somefile.txt')
2631 >>> statinfo
2632 os.stat_result(st_mode=33188, st_ino=7876932, st_dev=234881026,
2633 st_nlink=1, st_uid=501, st_gid=501, st_size=264, st_atime=1297230295,
2634 st_mtime=1297230027, st_ctime=1297230027)
2635 >>> statinfo.st_size
2636 264
R. David Murray7b1aae92011-01-24 19:34:58 +00002637
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002638 .. seealso::
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002639
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002640 :func:`fstat` and :func:`lstat` functions.
2641
2642 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2643 Added the *dir_fd* and *follow_symlinks* arguments, specifying a file
2644 descriptor instead of a path.
2645
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002646 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2647 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
2648
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002649 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2650 On Windows, all reparse points that can be resolved by the operating
2651 system are now followed, and passing ``follow_symlinks=False``
2652 disables following all name surrogate reparse points. If the operating
2653 system reaches a reparse point that it is not able to follow, *stat* now
2654 returns the information for the original path as if
2655 ``follow_symlinks=False`` had been specified instead of raising an error.
2656
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002657
2658.. class:: stat_result
2659
2660 Object whose attributes correspond roughly to the members of the
2661 :c:type:`stat` structure. It is used for the result of :func:`os.stat`,
2662 :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat`.
2663
2664 Attributes:
2665
2666 .. attribute:: st_mode
2667
2668 File mode: file type and file mode bits (permissions).
2669
2670 .. attribute:: st_ino
2671
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002672 Platform dependent, but if non-zero, uniquely identifies the
2673 file for a given value of ``st_dev``. Typically:
2674
2675 * the inode number on Unix,
2676 * the `file index
2677 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa363788>`_ on
2678 Windows
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002679
2680 .. attribute:: st_dev
2681
2682 Identifier of the device on which this file resides.
2683
2684 .. attribute:: st_nlink
2685
2686 Number of hard links.
2687
2688 .. attribute:: st_uid
2689
2690 User identifier of the file owner.
2691
2692 .. attribute:: st_gid
2693
2694 Group identifier of the file owner.
2695
2696 .. attribute:: st_size
2697
2698 Size of the file in bytes, if it is a regular file or a symbolic link.
2699 The size of a symbolic link is the length of the pathname it contains,
2700 without a terminating null byte.
2701
2702 Timestamps:
2703
2704 .. attribute:: st_atime
2705
2706 Time of most recent access expressed in seconds.
2707
2708 .. attribute:: st_mtime
2709
2710 Time of most recent content modification expressed in seconds.
2711
2712 .. attribute:: st_ctime
2713
2714 Platform dependent:
2715
2716 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2717 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in seconds.
2718
2719 .. attribute:: st_atime_ns
2720
2721 Time of most recent access expressed in nanoseconds as an integer.
2722
2723 .. attribute:: st_mtime_ns
2724
2725 Time of most recent content modification expressed in nanoseconds as an
2726 integer.
2727
2728 .. attribute:: st_ctime_ns
2729
2730 Platform dependent:
2731
2732 * the time of most recent metadata change on Unix,
2733 * the time of creation on Windows, expressed in nanoseconds as an
2734 integer.
2735
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002736 .. note::
2737
Senthil Kumaran3aac1792011-07-04 11:43:51 -07002738 The exact meaning and resolution of the :attr:`st_atime`,
Senthil Kumarana6bac952011-07-04 11:28:30 -07002739 :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime` attributes depend on the operating
2740 system and the file system. For example, on Windows systems using the FAT
2741 or FAT32 file systems, :attr:`st_mtime` has 2-second resolution, and
2742 :attr:`st_atime` has only 1-day resolution. See your operating system
2743 documentation for details.
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002744
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002745 Similarly, although :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`,
2746 and :attr:`st_ctime_ns` are always expressed in nanoseconds, many
2747 systems do not provide nanosecond precision. On systems that do
2748 provide nanosecond precision, the floating-point object used to
2749 store :attr:`st_atime`, :attr:`st_mtime`, and :attr:`st_ctime`
2750 cannot preserve all of it, and as such will be slightly inexact.
2751 If you need the exact timestamps you should always use
2752 :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and :attr:`st_ctime_ns`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002753
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002754 On some Unix systems (such as Linux), the following attributes may also be
2755 available:
2756
2757 .. attribute:: st_blocks
2758
2759 Number of 512-byte blocks allocated for file.
2760 This may be smaller than :attr:`st_size`/512 when the file has holes.
2761
2762 .. attribute:: st_blksize
2763
2764 "Preferred" blocksize for efficient file system I/O. Writing to a file in
2765 smaller chunks may cause an inefficient read-modify-rewrite.
2766
2767 .. attribute:: st_rdev
2768
2769 Type of device if an inode device.
2770
2771 .. attribute:: st_flags
2772
2773 User defined flags for file.
2774
2775 On other Unix systems (such as FreeBSD), the following attributes may be
2776 available (but may be only filled out if root tries to use them):
2777
2778 .. attribute:: st_gen
2779
2780 File generation number.
2781
2782 .. attribute:: st_birthtime
2783
2784 Time of file creation.
2785
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002786 On Solaris and derivatives, the following attributes may also be
2787 available:
2788
2789 .. attribute:: st_fstype
2790
2791 String that uniquely identifies the type of the filesystem that
2792 contains the file.
2793
Miss Islington (bot)1493e1a2021-09-23 03:25:31 -07002794 On macOS systems, the following attributes may also be available:
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002795
2796 .. attribute:: st_rsize
2797
2798 Real size of the file.
2799
2800 .. attribute:: st_creator
2801
2802 Creator of the file.
2803
2804 .. attribute:: st_type
2805
2806 File type.
2807
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002808 On Windows systems, the following attributes are also available:
Victor Stinnere1d24f72014-07-24 12:44:07 +02002809
2810 .. attribute:: st_file_attributes
2811
2812 Windows file attributes: ``dwFileAttributes`` member of the
2813 ``BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION`` structure returned by
2814 :c:func:`GetFileInformationByHandle`. See the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_*``
2815 constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2816
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002817 .. attribute:: st_reparse_tag
2818
2819 When :attr:`st_file_attributes` has the ``FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT``
2820 set, this field contains the tag identifying the type of reparse point.
2821 See the ``IO_REPARSE_TAG_*`` constants in the :mod:`stat` module.
2822
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002823 The standard module :mod:`stat` defines functions and constants that are
2824 useful for extracting information from a :c:type:`stat` structure. (On
2825 Windows, some items are filled with dummy values.)
2826
2827 For backward compatibility, a :class:`stat_result` instance is also
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002828 accessible as a tuple of at least 10 integers giving the most important (and
2829 portable) members of the :c:type:`stat` structure, in the order
2830 :attr:`st_mode`, :attr:`st_ino`, :attr:`st_dev`, :attr:`st_nlink`,
2831 :attr:`st_uid`, :attr:`st_gid`, :attr:`st_size`, :attr:`st_atime`,
2832 :attr:`st_mtime`, :attr:`st_ctime`. More items may be added at the end by
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002833 some implementations. For compatibility with older Python versions,
2834 accessing :class:`stat_result` as a tuple always returns integers.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002835
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002836 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Victor Stinner6d4f4fe2014-07-24 12:42:16 +02002837 Added the :attr:`st_atime_ns`, :attr:`st_mtime_ns`, and
2838 :attr:`st_ctime_ns` members.
Larry Hastings6fe20b32012-04-19 15:07:49 -07002839
Zachary Ware63f277b2014-06-19 09:46:37 -05002840 .. versionadded:: 3.5
2841 Added the :attr:`st_file_attributes` member on Windows.
2842
Steve Dower3e51a3d2018-05-28 17:24:36 -07002843 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
2844 Windows now returns the file index as :attr:`st_ino` when
2845 available.
2846
jcea6c51d512018-01-28 14:00:08 +01002847 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2848 Added the :attr:`st_fstype` member to Solaris/derivatives.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002849
Steve Dowerdf2d4a62019-08-21 15:27:33 -07002850 .. versionadded:: 3.8
2851 Added the :attr:`st_reparse_tag` member on Windows.
2852
2853 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
2854 On Windows, the :attr:`st_mode` member now identifies special
2855 files as :const:`S_IFCHR`, :const:`S_IFIFO` or :const:`S_IFBLK`
2856 as appropriate.
2857
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002858.. function:: statvfs(path)
2859
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002860 Perform a :c:func:`statvfs` system call on the given path. The return value is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002861 an object whose attributes describe the filesystem on the given path, and
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00002862 correspond to the members of the :c:type:`statvfs` structure, namely:
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002863 :attr:`f_bsize`, :attr:`f_frsize`, :attr:`f_blocks`, :attr:`f_bfree`,
2864 :attr:`f_bavail`, :attr:`f_files`, :attr:`f_ffree`, :attr:`f_favail`,
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002865 :attr:`f_flag`, :attr:`f_namemax`, :attr:`f_fsid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00002866
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002867 Two module-level constants are defined for the :attr:`f_flag` attribute's
2868 bit-flags: if :const:`ST_RDONLY` is set, the filesystem is mounted
2869 read-only, and if :const:`ST_NOSUID` is set, the semantics of
2870 setuid/setgid bits are disabled or not supported.
2871
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002872 Additional module-level constants are defined for GNU/glibc based systems.
2873 These are :const:`ST_NODEV` (disallow access to device special files),
2874 :const:`ST_NOEXEC` (disallow program execution), :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`
2875 (writes are synced at once), :const:`ST_MANDLOCK` (allow mandatory locks on an FS),
2876 :const:`ST_WRITE` (write on file/directory/symlink), :const:`ST_APPEND`
2877 (append-only file), :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE` (immutable file), :const:`ST_NOATIME`
2878 (do not update access times), :const:`ST_NODIRATIME` (do not update directory access
2879 times), :const:`ST_RELATIME` (update atime relative to mtime/ctime).
2880
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02002881 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002882
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04002883 .. availability:: Unix.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002884
Andrew M. Kuchling4ea04a32010-08-18 22:30:34 +00002885 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
2886 The :const:`ST_RDONLY` and :const:`ST_NOSUID` constants were added.
2887
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002888 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002889 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002890
doko@ubuntu.comca616a22013-12-08 15:23:07 +01002891 .. versionchanged:: 3.4
2892 The :const:`ST_NODEV`, :const:`ST_NOEXEC`, :const:`ST_SYNCHRONOUS`,
2893 :const:`ST_MANDLOCK`, :const:`ST_WRITE`, :const:`ST_APPEND`,
2894 :const:`ST_IMMUTABLE`, :const:`ST_NOATIME`, :const:`ST_NODIRATIME`,
2895 and :const:`ST_RELATIME` constants were added.
2896
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07002897 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
2898 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002899
Giuseppe Scrivano96a5e502017-12-14 23:46:46 +01002900 .. versionadded:: 3.7
2901 Added :attr:`f_fsid`.
2902
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002903
2904.. data:: supports_dir_fd
2905
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002906 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os`
2907 module accept an open file descriptor for their *dir_fd* parameter.
2908 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2909 functionality Python uses to implement the *dir_fd* parameter is not
2910 available on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake,
2911 functions that may support *dir_fd* always allow specifying the
2912 parameter, but will throw an exception if the functionality is used
2913 when it's not locally available. (Specifying ``None`` for *dir_fd*
2914 is always supported on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002915
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002916 To check whether a particular function accepts an open file descriptor
2917 for its *dir_fd* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on ``supports_dir_fd``.
2918 As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.stat`
2919 accepts open file descriptors for *dir_fd* on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002920
2921 os.stat in os.supports_dir_fd
2922
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002923 Currently *dir_fd* parameters only work on Unix platforms;
2924 none of them work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002925
2926 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2927
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002928
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002929.. data:: supports_effective_ids
2930
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002931 A :class:`set` object indicating whether :func:`os.access` permits
2932 specifying ``True`` for its *effective_ids* parameter on the local platform.
2933 (Specifying ``False`` for *effective_ids* is always supported on all
2934 platforms.) If the local platform supports it, the collection will contain
2935 :func:`os.access`; otherwise it will be empty.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002936
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002937 This expression evaluates to ``True`` if :func:`os.access` supports
2938 ``effective_ids=True`` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002939
2940 os.access in os.supports_effective_ids
2941
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002942 Currently *effective_ids* is only supported on Unix platforms;
2943 it does not work on Windows.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002944
2945 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2946
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002947
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002948.. data:: supports_fd
2949
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002950 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the
Georg Brandlaceaf902012-06-25 08:33:56 +02002951 :mod:`os` module permit specifying their *path* parameter as an open file
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002952 descriptor on the local platform. Different platforms provide different
2953 features, and the underlying functionality Python uses to accept open file
2954 descriptors as *path* arguments is not available on all platforms Python
2955 supports.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002956
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002957 To determine whether a particular function permits specifying an open file
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002958 descriptor for its *path* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002959 ``supports_fd``. As an example, this expression evaluates to ``True`` if
2960 :func:`os.chdir` accepts open file descriptors for *path* on your local
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002961 platform::
2962
2963 os.chdir in os.supports_fd
2964
2965 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2966
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002967
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002968.. data:: supports_follow_symlinks
2969
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002970 A :class:`set` object indicating which functions in the :mod:`os` module
2971 accept ``False`` for their *follow_symlinks* parameter on the local platform.
2972 Different platforms provide different features, and the underlying
2973 functionality Python uses to implement *follow_symlinks* is not available
2974 on all platforms Python supports. For consistency's sake, functions that
2975 may support *follow_symlinks* always allow specifying the parameter, but
2976 will throw an exception if the functionality is used when it's not locally
2977 available. (Specifying ``True`` for *follow_symlinks* is always supported
2978 on all platforms.)
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002979
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04002980 To check whether a particular function accepts ``False`` for its
2981 *follow_symlinks* parameter, use the ``in`` operator on
2982 ``supports_follow_symlinks``. As an example, this expression evaluates
2983 to ``True`` if you may specify ``follow_symlinks=False`` when calling
2984 :func:`os.stat` on the local platform::
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002985
2986 os.stat in os.supports_follow_symlinks
2987
2988 .. versionadded:: 3.3
2989
Georg Brandl8ccadaa2012-06-24 12:50:06 +02002990
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002991.. function:: symlink(src, dst, target_is_directory=False, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00002992
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00002993 Create a symbolic link pointing to *src* named *dst*.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00002994
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07002995 On Windows, a symlink represents either a file or a directory, and does not
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04002996 morph to the target dynamically. If the target is present, the type of the
2997 symlink will be created to match. Otherwise, the symlink will be created
2998 as a directory if *target_is_directory* is ``True`` or a file symlink (the
l-n-sdaeb3c42018-11-14 00:13:12 +00002999 default) otherwise. On non-Windows platforms, *target_is_directory* is ignored.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00003000
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003001 This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
3002 <dir_fd>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003003
Brian Curtin52173d42010-12-02 18:29:18 +00003004 .. note::
3005
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02003006 On newer versions of Windows 10, unprivileged accounts can create symlinks
3007 if Developer Mode is enabled. When Developer Mode is not available/enabled,
3008 the *SeCreateSymbolicLinkPrivilege* privilege is required, or the process
3009 must be run as an administrator.
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00003010
Jason R. Coombs3a092862013-05-27 23:21:28 -04003011
Brian Curtin96245592010-12-28 17:08:22 +00003012 :exc:`OSError` is raised when the function is called by an unprivileged
3013 user.
Brian Curtind40e6f72010-07-08 21:39:08 +00003014
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003015 .. audit-event:: os.symlink src,dst,dir_fd os.symlink
3016
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003017 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Brian Curtinc7395692010-07-09 15:15:09 +00003018
Georg Brandlb3823372010-07-10 08:58:37 +00003019 .. versionchanged:: 3.2
3020 Added support for Windows 6.0 (Vista) symbolic links.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003021
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003022 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3023 Added the *dir_fd* argument, and now allow *target_is_directory*
3024 on non-Windows platforms.
3025
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003026 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3027 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *src* and *dst*.
3028
Vidar Tonaas Fauske0e107662019-04-09 20:19:46 +02003029 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3030 Added support for unelevated symlinks on Windows with Developer Mode.
3031
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003032
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003033.. function:: sync()
3034
3035 Force write of everything to disk.
3036
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003037 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003038
3039 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3040
3041
3042.. function:: truncate(path, length)
3043
3044 Truncate the file corresponding to *path*, so that it is at most
3045 *length* bytes in size.
3046
Georg Brandl306336b2012-06-24 12:55:33 +02003047 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`.
3048
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07003049 .. audit-event:: os.truncate path,length os.truncate
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07003050
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003051 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003052
3053 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3054
Steve Dowerfe0a41a2015-03-20 19:50:46 -07003055 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
3056 Added support for Windows
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02003057
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003058 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3059 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3060
3061
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003062.. function:: unlink(path, *, dir_fd=None)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003063
Brett Cannon05039172015-12-28 17:28:19 -08003064 Remove (delete) the file *path*. This function is semantically
3065 identical to :func:`remove`; the ``unlink`` name is its
3066 traditional Unix name. Please see the documentation for
3067 :func:`remove` for further information.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003068
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003069 .. audit-event:: os.remove path,dir_fd os.unlink
3070
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003071 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Larry Hastingsb698d8e2012-06-23 16:55:07 -07003072 The *dir_fd* parameter.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003073
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003074 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3075 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3076
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003077
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003078.. function:: utime(path, times=None, *[, ns], dir_fd=None, follow_symlinks=True)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003079
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003080 Set the access and modified times of the file specified by *path*.
3081
3082 :func:`utime` takes two optional parameters, *times* and *ns*.
3083 These specify the times set on *path* and are used as follows:
3084
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003085 - If *ns* is specified,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003086 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
3087 where each member is an int expressing nanoseconds.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003088 - If *times* is not ``None``,
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003089 it must be a 2-tuple of the form ``(atime, mtime)``
3090 where each member is an int or float expressing seconds.
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003091 - If *times* is ``None`` and *ns* is unspecified,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003092 this is equivalent to specifying ``ns=(atime_ns, mtime_ns)``
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003093 where both times are the current time.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003094
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003095 It is an error to specify tuples for both *times* and *ns*.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003096
Stéphane Wirtel7508a542018-05-01 12:02:26 +02003097 Note that the exact times you set here may not be returned by a subsequent
3098 :func:`~os.stat` call, depending on the resolution with which your operating
3099 system records access and modification times; see :func:`~os.stat`. The best
3100 way to preserve exact times is to use the *st_atime_ns* and *st_mtime_ns*
3101 fields from the :func:`os.stat` result object with the *ns* parameter to
3102 `utime`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003103
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003104 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>`,
3105 :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not
3106 following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003107
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003108 .. audit-event:: os.utime path,times,ns,dir_fd os.utime
3109
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003110 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003111 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor,
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003112 and the *dir_fd*, *follow_symlinks*, and *ns* parameters.
Larry Hastings76ad59b2012-05-03 00:30:07 -07003113
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003114 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3115 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3116
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003117
Georg Brandl18244152009-09-02 20:34:52 +00003118.. function:: walk(top, topdown=True, onerror=None, followlinks=False)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003119
3120 .. index::
3121 single: directory; walking
3122 single: directory; traversal
3123
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003124 Generate the file names in a directory tree by walking the tree
3125 either top-down or bottom-up. For each directory in the tree rooted at directory
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003126 *top* (including *top* itself), it yields a 3-tuple ``(dirpath, dirnames,
3127 filenames)``.
3128
3129 *dirpath* is a string, the path to the directory. *dirnames* is a list of the
3130 names of the subdirectories in *dirpath* (excluding ``'.'`` and ``'..'``).
3131 *filenames* is a list of the names of the non-directory files in *dirpath*.
3132 Note that the names in the lists contain no path components. To get a full path
3133 (which begins with *top*) to a file or directory in *dirpath*, do
Serhiy Storchaka306cfb32020-09-04 21:19:30 +03003134 ``os.path.join(dirpath, name)``. Whether or not the lists are sorted
3135 depends on the file system. If a file is removed from or added to the
3136 *dirpath* directory during generating the lists, whether a name for that
3137 file be included is unspecified.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003138
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003139 If optional argument *topdown* is ``True`` or not specified, the triple for a
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003140 directory is generated before the triples for any of its subdirectories
Benjamin Petersone58e0c72014-06-15 20:51:12 -07003141 (directories are generated top-down). If *topdown* is ``False``, the triple
3142 for a directory is generated after the triples for all of its subdirectories
3143 (directories are generated bottom-up). No matter the value of *topdown*, the
3144 list of subdirectories is retrieved before the tuples for the directory and
3145 its subdirectories are generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003146
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003147 When *topdown* is ``True``, the caller can modify the *dirnames* list in-place
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003148 (perhaps using :keyword:`del` or slice assignment), and :func:`walk` will only
3149 recurse into the subdirectories whose names remain in *dirnames*; this can be
3150 used to prune the search, impose a specific order of visiting, or even to inform
3151 :func:`walk` about directories the caller creates or renames before it resumes
Victor Stinner0e316f62015-10-23 12:38:11 +02003152 :func:`walk` again. Modifying *dirnames* when *topdown* is ``False`` has
3153 no effect on the behavior of the walk, because in bottom-up mode the directories
3154 in *dirnames* are generated before *dirpath* itself is generated.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003155
Andrés Delfinobadb8942018-04-02 23:48:54 -03003156 By default, errors from the :func:`scandir` call are ignored. If optional
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003157 argument *onerror* is specified, it should be a function; it will be called with
3158 one argument, an :exc:`OSError` instance. It can report the error to continue
3159 with the walk, or raise the exception to abort the walk. Note that the filename
3160 is available as the ``filename`` attribute of the exception object.
3161
3162 By default, :func:`walk` will not walk down into symbolic links that resolve to
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003163 directories. Set *followlinks* to ``True`` to visit directories pointed to by
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003164 symlinks, on systems that support them.
3165
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003166 .. note::
3167
Georg Brandl50c40002012-06-24 11:45:20 +02003168 Be aware that setting *followlinks* to ``True`` can lead to infinite
3169 recursion if a link points to a parent directory of itself. :func:`walk`
3170 does not keep track of the directories it visited already.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003171
3172 .. note::
3173
3174 If you pass a relative pathname, don't change the current working directory
3175 between resumptions of :func:`walk`. :func:`walk` never changes the current
3176 directory, and assumes that its caller doesn't either.
3177
3178 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3179 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3180 CVS subdirectory::
3181
3182 import os
3183 from os.path import join, getsize
3184 for root, dirs, files in os.walk('python/Lib/email'):
Georg Brandl6911e3c2007-09-04 07:15:32 +00003185 print(root, "consumes", end=" ")
3186 print(sum(getsize(join(root, name)) for name in files), end=" ")
3187 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003188 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3189 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3190
Victor Stinner47c41b42015-03-10 13:31:47 +01003191 In the next example (simple implementation of :func:`shutil.rmtree`),
3192 walking the tree bottom-up is essential, :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow
3193 deleting a directory before the directory is empty::
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003194
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003195 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003196 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3197 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3198 # could delete all your disk files.
3199 import os
3200 for root, dirs, files in os.walk(top, topdown=False):
3201 for name in files:
3202 os.remove(os.path.join(root, name))
3203 for name in dirs:
3204 os.rmdir(os.path.join(root, name))
3205
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003206 .. audit-event:: os.walk top,topdown,onerror,followlinks os.walk
3207
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003208 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner51b58322015-05-15 09:12:58 +02003209 This function now calls :func:`os.scandir` instead of :func:`os.listdir`,
3210 making it faster by reducing the number of calls to :func:`os.stat`.
Victor Stinner524a5ba2015-03-10 13:20:34 +01003211
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003212 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3213 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3214
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003215
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003216.. function:: fwalk(top='.', topdown=True, onerror=None, *, follow_symlinks=False, dir_fd=None)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003217
3218 .. index::
3219 single: directory; walking
3220 single: directory; traversal
3221
Eli Benderskyd049d5c2012-02-11 09:52:29 +02003222 This behaves exactly like :func:`walk`, except that it yields a 4-tuple
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003223 ``(dirpath, dirnames, filenames, dirfd)``, and it supports ``dir_fd``.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003224
3225 *dirpath*, *dirnames* and *filenames* are identical to :func:`walk` output,
3226 and *dirfd* is a file descriptor referring to the directory *dirpath*.
3227
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003228 This function always supports :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003229 <dir_fd>` and :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`. Note however
Larry Hastings950b76a2012-07-15 17:32:36 -07003230 that, unlike other functions, the :func:`fwalk` default value for
Larry Hastingsb4038062012-07-15 10:57:38 -07003231 *follow_symlinks* is ``False``.
Larry Hastingsc48fe982012-06-25 04:49:05 -07003232
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003233 .. note::
3234
3235 Since :func:`fwalk` yields file descriptors, those are only valid until
3236 the next iteration step, so you should duplicate them (e.g. with
3237 :func:`dup`) if you want to keep them longer.
3238
3239 This example displays the number of bytes taken by non-directory files in each
3240 directory under the starting directory, except that it doesn't look under any
3241 CVS subdirectory::
3242
3243 import os
3244 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk('python/Lib/email'):
3245 print(root, "consumes", end="")
Hynek Schlawack1729b8f2012-06-24 16:11:08 +02003246 print(sum([os.stat(name, dir_fd=rootfd).st_size for name in files]),
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003247 end="")
3248 print("bytes in", len(files), "non-directory files")
3249 if 'CVS' in dirs:
3250 dirs.remove('CVS') # don't visit CVS directories
3251
3252 In the next example, walking the tree bottom-up is essential:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003253 :func:`rmdir` doesn't allow deleting a directory before the directory is
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003254 empty::
3255
3256 # Delete everything reachable from the directory named in "top",
3257 # assuming there are no symbolic links.
3258 # CAUTION: This is dangerous! For example, if top == '/', it
3259 # could delete all your disk files.
3260 import os
3261 for root, dirs, files, rootfd in os.fwalk(top, topdown=False):
3262 for name in files:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003263 os.unlink(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003264 for name in dirs:
Victor Stinner69a6ca52012-08-05 15:18:02 +02003265 os.rmdir(name, dir_fd=rootfd)
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003266
Serhiy Storchakadb283b32020-03-08 14:31:47 +02003267 .. audit-event:: os.fwalk top,topdown,onerror,follow_symlinks,dir_fd os.fwalk
3268
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003269 .. availability:: Unix.
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003270
3271 .. versionadded:: 3.3
3272
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003273 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3274 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3275
Serhiy Storchaka8f6b3442017-03-07 14:33:21 +02003276 .. versionchanged:: 3.7
3277 Added support for :class:`bytes` paths.
3278
Charles-François Natali7372b062012-02-05 15:15:38 +01003279
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003280.. function:: memfd_create(name[, flags=os.MFD_CLOEXEC])
3281
3282 Create an anonymous file and return a file descriptor that refers to it.
3283 *flags* must be one of the ``os.MFD_*`` constants available on the system
3284 (or a bitwise ORed combination of them). By default, the new file
3285 descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3286
Victor Stinnerccf0efb2019-06-05 12:24:52 +02003287 The name supplied in *name* is used as a filename and will be displayed as
3288 the target of the corresponding symbolic link in the directory
3289 ``/proc/self/fd/``. The displayed name is always prefixed with ``memfd:``
3290 and serves only for debugging purposes. Names do not affect the behavior of
3291 the file descriptor, and as such multiple files can have the same name
3292 without any side effects.
3293
Zackery Spytz43fdbd22019-05-29 13:57:07 -06003294 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer.
3295
3296 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3297
3298
3299.. data:: MFD_CLOEXEC
3300 MFD_ALLOW_SEALING
3301 MFD_HUGETLB
3302 MFD_HUGE_SHIFT
3303 MFD_HUGE_MASK
3304 MFD_HUGE_64KB
3305 MFD_HUGE_512KB
3306 MFD_HUGE_1MB
3307 MFD_HUGE_2MB
3308 MFD_HUGE_8MB
3309 MFD_HUGE_16MB
3310 MFD_HUGE_32MB
3311 MFD_HUGE_256MB
3312 MFD_HUGE_512MB
3313 MFD_HUGE_1GB
3314 MFD_HUGE_2GB
3315 MFD_HUGE_16GB
3316
3317 These flags can be passed to :func:`memfd_create`.
3318
3319 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 or newer with glibc 2.27 or newer. The
3320 ``MFD_HUGE*`` flags are only available since Linux 4.14.
3321
3322 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3323
3324
Christian Heimescd9fed62020-11-13 19:48:52 +01003325.. function:: eventfd(initval[, flags=os.EFD_CLOEXEC])
3326
3327 Create and return an event file descriptor. The file descriptors supports
3328 raw :func:`read` and :func:`write` with a buffer size of 8,
3329 :func:`~select.select`, :func:`~select.poll` and similar. See man page
3330 :manpage:`eventfd(2)` for more information. By default, the
3331 new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`.
3332
3333 *initval* is the initial value of the event counter. The initial value
3334 must be an 32 bit unsigned integer. Please note that the initial value is
3335 limited to a 32 bit unsigned int although the event counter is an unsigned
3336 64 bit integer with a maximum value of 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3337
3338 *flags* can be constructed from :const:`EFD_CLOEXEC`,
3339 :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK`, and :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE`.
3340
3341 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is specified and the event counter is non-zero,
3342 :func:`eventfd_read` returns 1 and decrements the counter by one.
3343
3344 If :const:`EFD_SEMAPHORE` is not specified and the event counter is
3345 non-zero, :func:`eventfd_read` returns the current event counter value and
3346 resets the counter to zero.
3347
3348 If the event counter is zero and :const:`EFD_NONBLOCK` is not
3349 specified, :func:`eventfd_read` blocks.
3350
3351 :func:`eventfd_write` increments the event counter. Write blocks if the
3352 write operation would increment the counter to a value larger than
3353 2\ :sup:`64`\ -\ 2.
3354
3355 Example::
3356
3357 import os
3358
3359 # semaphore with start value '1'
3360 fd = os.eventfd(1, os.EFD_SEMAPHORE | os.EFC_CLOEXEC)
3361 try:
3362 # acquire semaphore
3363 v = os.eventfd_read(fd)
3364 try:
3365 do_work()
3366 finally:
3367 # release semaphore
3368 os.eventfd_write(fd, v)
3369 finally:
3370 os.close(fd)
3371
3372 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.27 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3373
3374 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3375
3376.. function:: eventfd_read(fd)
3377
3378 Read value from an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor and return a 64 bit
3379 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3380
3381 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3382
3383 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3384
3385.. function:: eventfd_write(fd, value)
3386
3387 Add value to an :func:`eventfd` file descriptor. *value* must be a 64 bit
3388 unsigned int. The function does not verify that *fd* is an :func:`eventfd`.
3389
3390 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3391
3392 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3393
3394.. data:: EFD_CLOEXEC
3395
3396 Set close-on-exec flag for new :func:`eventfd` file descriptor.
3397
3398 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3399
3400 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3401
3402.. data:: EFD_NONBLOCK
3403
3404 Set :const:`O_NONBLOCK` status flag for new :func:`eventfd` file
3405 descriptor.
3406
3407 .. availability:: See :func:`eventfd`
3408
3409 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3410
3411.. data:: EFD_SEMAPHORE
3412
3413 Provide semaphore-like semantics for reads from a :func:`eventfd` file
3414 descriptor. On read the internal counter is decremented by one.
3415
3416 .. availability:: Linux 2.6.30 or newer with glibc 2.8 or newer.
3417
3418 .. versionadded:: 3.10
3419
3420
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003421Linux extended attributes
3422~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3423
3424.. versionadded:: 3.3
3425
3426These functions are all available on Linux only.
3427
3428.. function:: getxattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3429
3430 Return the value of the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* for
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003431 *path*. *attribute* can be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3432 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is str, it is encoded with the filesystem
3433 encoding.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003434
3435 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3436 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3437
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003438 .. audit-event:: os.getxattr path,attribute os.getxattr
3439
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003440 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
Berker Peksagd4d48742017-02-19 03:17:35 +03003441 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003442
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003443
3444.. function:: listxattr(path=None, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3445
3446 Return a list of the extended filesystem attributes on *path*. The
3447 attributes in the list are represented as strings decoded with the filesystem
3448 encoding. If *path* is ``None``, :func:`listxattr` will examine the current
3449 directory.
3450
3451 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3452 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3453
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003454 .. audit-event:: os.listxattr path os.listxattr
3455
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003456 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3457 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3458
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003459
3460.. function:: removexattr(path, attribute, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3461
3462 Removes the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* from *path*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003463 *attribute* should be bytes or str (directly or indirectly through the
3464 :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a string, it is encoded
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003465 with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003466
3467 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3468 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3469
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003470 .. audit-event:: os.removexattr path,attribute os.removexattr
3471
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003472 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3473 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3474
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003475
3476.. function:: setxattr(path, attribute, value, flags=0, *, follow_symlinks=True)
3477
3478 Set the extended filesystem attribute *attribute* on *path* to *value*.
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003479 *attribute* must be a bytes or str with no embedded NULs (directly or
3480 indirectly through the :class:`PathLike` interface). If it is a str,
Victor Stinner4b9aad42020-11-02 16:49:54 +01003481 it is encoded with the :term:`filesystem encoding and error handler`. *flags* may be
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003482 :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` or :data:`XATTR_CREATE`. If :data:`XATTR_REPLACE` is
Shreyash Sharma77923242021-05-02 02:24:39 +05303483 given and the attribute does not exist, ``ENODATA`` will be raised.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003484 If :data:`XATTR_CREATE` is given and the attribute already exists, the
Shreyash Sharma77923242021-05-02 02:24:39 +05303485 attribute will not be created and ``EEXISTS`` will be raised.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003486
3487 This function can support :ref:`specifying a file descriptor <path_fd>` and
3488 :ref:`not following symlinks <follow_symlinks>`.
3489
3490 .. note::
3491
3492 A bug in Linux kernel versions less than 2.6.39 caused the flags argument
3493 to be ignored on some filesystems.
3494
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003495 .. audit-event:: os.setxattr path,attribute,value,flags os.setxattr
3496
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003497 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3498 Accepts a :term:`path-like object` for *path* and *attribute*.
3499
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003500
3501.. data:: XATTR_SIZE_MAX
3502
3503 The maximum size the value of an extended attribute can be. Currently, this
Serhiy Storchakaf8def282013-02-16 17:29:56 +02003504 is 64 KiB on Linux.
Georg Brandlb9831ab2012-06-24 11:57:07 +02003505
3506
3507.. data:: XATTR_CREATE
3508
3509 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3510 indicates the operation must create an attribute.
3511
3512
3513.. data:: XATTR_REPLACE
3514
3515 This is a possible value for the flags argument in :func:`setxattr`. It
3516 indicates the operation must replace an existing attribute.
3517
3518
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003519.. _os-process:
3520
3521Process Management
3522------------------
3523
3524These functions may be used to create and manage processes.
3525
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003526The various :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions take a list of arguments for the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003527program loaded into the process. In each case, the first of these arguments is
3528passed to the new program as its own name rather than as an argument a user may
3529have typed on a command line. For the C programmer, this is the ``argv[0]``
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00003530passed to a program's :c:func:`main`. For example, ``os.execv('/bin/echo',
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003531['foo', 'bar'])`` will only print ``bar`` on standard output; ``foo`` will seem
3532to be ignored.
3533
3534
3535.. function:: abort()
3536
3537 Generate a :const:`SIGABRT` signal to the current process. On Unix, the default
3538 behavior is to produce a core dump; on Windows, the process immediately returns
Victor Stinner6e2e3b92011-07-08 02:26:39 +02003539 an exit code of ``3``. Be aware that calling this function will not call the
3540 Python signal handler registered for :const:`SIGABRT` with
3541 :func:`signal.signal`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003542
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003543
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003544.. function:: add_dll_directory(path)
3545
3546 Add a path to the DLL search path.
3547
3548 This search path is used when resolving dependencies for imported
3549 extension modules (the module itself is resolved through sys.path),
3550 and also by :mod:`ctypes`.
3551
3552 Remove the directory by calling **close()** on the returned object
3553 or using it in a :keyword:`with` statement.
3554
3555 See the `Microsoft documentation
3556 <https://msdn.microsoft.com/44228cf2-6306-466c-8f16-f513cd3ba8b5>`_
3557 for more information about how DLLs are loaded.
3558
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003559 .. audit-event:: os.add_dll_directory path os.add_dll_directory
3560
Steve Dower2438cdf2019-03-29 16:37:16 -07003561 .. availability:: Windows.
3562
3563 .. versionadded:: 3.8
3564 Previous versions of CPython would resolve DLLs using the default
3565 behavior for the current process. This led to inconsistencies,
3566 such as only sometimes searching :envvar:`PATH` or the current
3567 working directory, and OS functions such as ``AddDllDirectory``
3568 having no effect.
3569
3570 In 3.8, the two primary ways DLLs are loaded now explicitly
3571 override the process-wide behavior to ensure consistency. See the
3572 :ref:`porting notes <bpo-36085-whatsnew>` for information on
3573 updating libraries.
3574
3575
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003576.. function:: execl(path, arg0, arg1, ...)
3577 execle(path, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3578 execlp(file, arg0, arg1, ...)
3579 execlpe(file, arg0, arg1, ..., env)
3580 execv(path, args)
3581 execve(path, args, env)
3582 execvp(file, args)
3583 execvpe(file, args, env)
3584
3585 These functions all execute a new program, replacing the current process; they
3586 do not return. On Unix, the new executable is loaded into the current process,
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003587 and will have the same process id as the caller. Errors will be reported as
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003588 :exc:`OSError` exceptions.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003589
3590 The current process is replaced immediately. Open file objects and
3591 descriptors are not flushed, so if there may be data buffered
3592 on these open files, you should flush them using
3593 :func:`sys.stdout.flush` or :func:`os.fsync` before calling an
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003594 :func:`exec\* <execl>` function.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003595
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003596 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`exec\* <execl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003597 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003598 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
3599 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the :func:`execl\*`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003600 functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of parameters is
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003601 variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as the *args*
3602 parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process should start with
3603 the name of the command being run, but this is not enforced.
3604
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003605 The variants which include a "p" near the end (:func:`execlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003606 :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execvp`, and :func:`execvpe`) will use the
3607 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03003608 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`exec\*e <execl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003609 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
3610 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`execl`, :func:`execle`,
3611 :func:`execv`, and :func:`execve`, will not use the :envvar:`PATH` variable to
3612 locate the executable; *path* must contain an appropriate absolute or relative
3613 path.
3614
3615 For :func:`execle`, :func:`execlpe`, :func:`execve`, and :func:`execvpe` (note
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003616 that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping which is
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00003617 used to define the environment variables for the new process (these are used
3618 instead of the current process' environment); the functions :func:`execl`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003619 :func:`execlp`, :func:`execv`, and :func:`execvp` all cause the new process to
Georg Brandl48310cd2009-01-03 21:18:54 +00003620 inherit the environment of the current process.
Benjamin Petersone9bbc8b2008-09-28 02:06:32 +00003621
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003622 For :func:`execve` on some platforms, *path* may also be specified as an open
3623 file descriptor. This functionality may not be supported on your platform;
3624 you can check whether or not it is available using :data:`os.supports_fd`.
3625 If it is unavailable, using it will raise a :exc:`NotImplementedError`.
3626
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003627 .. audit-event:: os.exec path,args,env os.execl
3628
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003629 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003630
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003631 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Cheryl Sabellae1521692019-05-06 08:39:13 -04003632 Added support for specifying *path* as an open file descriptor
Larry Hastings9cf065c2012-06-22 16:30:09 -07003633 for :func:`execve`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003634
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07003635 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
3636 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
3637
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003638.. function:: _exit(n)
3639
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003640 Exit the process with status *n*, without calling cleanup handlers, flushing
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003641 stdio buffers, etc.
3642
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003643 .. note::
3644
Georg Brandl6f4e68d2010-10-17 10:51:45 +00003645 The standard way to exit is ``sys.exit(n)``. :func:`_exit` should
3646 normally only be used in the child process after a :func:`fork`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003647
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003648The following exit codes are defined and can be used with :func:`_exit`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003649although they are not required. These are typically used for system programs
3650written in Python, such as a mail server's external command delivery program.
3651
3652.. note::
3653
3654 Some of these may not be available on all Unix platforms, since there is some
3655 variation. These constants are defined where they are defined by the underlying
3656 platform.
3657
3658
3659.. data:: EX_OK
3660
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003661 Exit code that means no error occurred.
3662
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003663 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003664
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003665
3666.. data:: EX_USAGE
3667
3668 Exit code that means the command was used incorrectly, such as when the wrong
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003669 number of arguments are given.
3670
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003671 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003672
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003673
3674.. data:: EX_DATAERR
3675
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003676 Exit code that means the input data was incorrect.
3677
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003678 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003679
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003680
3681.. data:: EX_NOINPUT
3682
3683 Exit code that means an input file did not exist or was not readable.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003684
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003685 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003686
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003687
3688.. data:: EX_NOUSER
3689
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003690 Exit code that means a specified user did not exist.
3691
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003692 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003693
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003694
3695.. data:: EX_NOHOST
3696
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003697 Exit code that means a specified host did not exist.
3698
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003699 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003700
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003701
3702.. data:: EX_UNAVAILABLE
3703
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003704 Exit code that means that a required service is unavailable.
3705
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003706 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003707
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003708
3709.. data:: EX_SOFTWARE
3710
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003711 Exit code that means an internal software error was detected.
3712
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003713 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003714
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003715
3716.. data:: EX_OSERR
3717
3718 Exit code that means an operating system error was detected, such as the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003719 inability to fork or create a pipe.
3720
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003721 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003722
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003723
3724.. data:: EX_OSFILE
3725
3726 Exit code that means some system file did not exist, could not be opened, or had
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003727 some other kind of error.
3728
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003729 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003730
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003731
3732.. data:: EX_CANTCREAT
3733
3734 Exit code that means a user specified output file could not be created.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003735
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003736 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003737
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003738
3739.. data:: EX_IOERR
3740
3741 Exit code that means that an error occurred while doing I/O on some file.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003742
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003743 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003744
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003745
3746.. data:: EX_TEMPFAIL
3747
3748 Exit code that means a temporary failure occurred. This indicates something
3749 that may not really be an error, such as a network connection that couldn't be
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003750 made during a retryable operation.
3751
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003752 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003753
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003754
3755.. data:: EX_PROTOCOL
3756
3757 Exit code that means that a protocol exchange was illegal, invalid, or not
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003758 understood.
3759
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003760 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003761
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003762
3763.. data:: EX_NOPERM
3764
3765 Exit code that means that there were insufficient permissions to perform the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003766 operation (but not intended for file system problems).
3767
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003768 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003769
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003770
3771.. data:: EX_CONFIG
3772
3773 Exit code that means that some kind of configuration error occurred.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003774
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003775 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003776
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003777
3778.. data:: EX_NOTFOUND
3779
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003780 Exit code that means something like "an entry was not found".
3781
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003782 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003783
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003784
3785.. function:: fork()
3786
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00003787 Fork a child process. Return ``0`` in the child and the child's process id in the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003788 parent. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003789
Larry Hastings3732ed22014-03-15 21:13:56 -07003790 Note that some platforms including FreeBSD <= 6.3 and Cygwin have
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003791 known issues when using ``fork()`` from a thread.
3792
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003793 .. audit-event:: os.fork "" os.fork
3794
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003795 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3796 Calling ``fork()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3797 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
Benjamin Petersonbcd8ac32008-10-10 22:20:52 +00003798
Christian Heimes3046fe42013-10-29 21:08:56 +01003799 .. warning::
3800
3801 See :mod:`ssl` for applications that use the SSL module with fork().
3802
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003803 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003804
3805
3806.. function:: forkpty()
3807
3808 Fork a child process, using a new pseudo-terminal as the child's controlling
3809 terminal. Return a pair of ``(pid, fd)``, where *pid* is ``0`` in the child, the
3810 new child's process id in the parent, and *fd* is the file descriptor of the
3811 master end of the pseudo-terminal. For a more portable approach, use the
Christian Heimesdd15f6c2008-03-16 00:07:10 +00003812 :mod:`pty` module. If an error occurs :exc:`OSError` is raised.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003813
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003814 .. audit-event:: os.forkpty "" os.forkpty
3815
Phil Connellb2203002019-11-15 16:56:03 +00003816 .. versionchanged:: 3.8
3817 Calling ``forkpty()`` in a subinterpreter is no longer supported
3818 (:exc:`RuntimeError` is raised).
3819
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003820 .. availability:: some flavors of Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003821
3822
3823.. function:: kill(pid, sig)
3824
3825 .. index::
3826 single: process; killing
3827 single: process; signalling
3828
3829 Send signal *sig* to the process *pid*. Constants for the specific signals
3830 available on the host platform are defined in the :mod:`signal` module.
Brian Curtineb24d742010-04-12 17:16:38 +00003831
3832 Windows: The :data:`signal.CTRL_C_EVENT` and
3833 :data:`signal.CTRL_BREAK_EVENT` signals are special signals which can
3834 only be sent to console processes which share a common console window,
3835 e.g., some subprocesses. Any other value for *sig* will cause the process
3836 to be unconditionally killed by the TerminateProcess API, and the exit code
3837 will be set to *sig*. The Windows version of :func:`kill` additionally takes
3838 process handles to be killed.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003839
Victor Stinnerb3e72192011-05-08 01:46:11 +02003840 See also :func:`signal.pthread_kill`.
3841
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003842 .. audit-event:: os.kill pid,sig os.kill
3843
Georg Brandl67b21b72010-08-17 15:07:14 +00003844 .. versionadded:: 3.2
3845 Windows support.
Brian Curtin904bd392010-04-20 15:28:06 +00003846
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003847
3848.. function:: killpg(pgid, sig)
3849
3850 .. index::
3851 single: process; killing
3852 single: process; signalling
3853
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003854 Send the signal *sig* to the process group *pgid*.
3855
Saiyang Gou7514f4f2020-02-12 23:47:42 -08003856 .. audit-event:: os.killpg pgid,sig os.killpg
3857
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003858 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003859
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003860
3861.. function:: nice(increment)
3862
3863 Add *increment* to the process's "niceness". Return the new niceness.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003864
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003865 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003866
3867
Benjamin Peterson6c4c45e2019-11-05 19:21:29 -08003868.. function:: pidfd_open(pid, flags=0)
3869
3870 Return a file descriptor referring to the process *pid*. This descriptor can
3871 be used to perform process management without races and signals. The *flags*
3872 argument is provided for future extensions; no flag values are currently
3873 defined.
3874
3875 See the :manpage:`pidfd_open(2)` man page for more details.
3876
3877 .. availability:: Linux 5.3+
3878 .. versionadded:: 3.9
3879
3880
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003881.. function:: plock(op)
3882
3883 Lock program segments into memory. The value of *op* (defined in
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00003884 ``<sys/lock.h>``) determines which segments are locked.
3885
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04003886 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003887
3888
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003889.. function:: popen(cmd, mode='r', buffering=-1)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003890
Martin Panterbf19d162015-09-09 01:01:13 +00003891 Open a pipe to or from command *cmd*.
3892 The return value is an open file object
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003893 connected to the pipe, which can be read or written depending on whether *mode*
3894 is ``'r'`` (default) or ``'w'``. The *buffering* argument has the same meaning as
3895 the corresponding argument to the built-in :func:`open` function. The
3896 returned file object reads or writes text strings rather than bytes.
3897
3898 The ``close`` method returns :const:`None` if the subprocess exited
3899 successfully, or the subprocess's return code if there was an
3900 error. On POSIX systems, if the return code is positive it
3901 represents the return value of the process left-shifted by one
3902 byte. If the return code is negative, the process was terminated
3903 by the signal given by the negated value of the return code. (For
3904 example, the return value might be ``- signal.SIGKILL`` if the
3905 subprocess was killed.) On Windows systems, the return value
3906 contains the signed integer return code from the child process.
3907
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02003908 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the ``close``
3909 method result (exit status) into an exit code if it is not ``None``. On
3910 Windows, the ``close`` method result is directly the exit code
3911 (or ``None``).
3912
Andrew Kuchlingf5a42922014-04-16 09:10:53 -04003913 This is implemented using :class:`subprocess.Popen`; see that class's
3914 documentation for more powerful ways to manage and communicate with
3915 subprocesses.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00003916
3917
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003918.. function:: posix_spawn(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003919 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003920 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003921
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003922 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawn` C library API for use from Python.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003923
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003924 Most users should use :func:`subprocess.run` instead of :func:`posix_spawn`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003925
Serhiy Storchakad700f972018-09-08 14:48:18 +03003926 The positional-only arguments *path*, *args*, and *env* are similar to
3927 :func:`execve`.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003928
Tomer Cohen5b57fa62020-10-20 12:08:58 +03003929 The *path* parameter is the path to the executable file. The *path* should
3930 contain a directory. Use :func:`posix_spawnp` to pass an executable file
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03003931 without directory.
3932
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003933 The *file_actions* argument may be a sequence of tuples describing actions
3934 to take on specific file descriptors in the child process between the C
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003935 library implementation's :c:func:`fork` and :c:func:`exec` steps.
3936 The first item in each tuple must be one of the three type indicator
3937 listed below describing the remaining tuple elements:
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003938
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003939 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003940
Serhiy Storchakaef347532018-05-01 16:45:04 +03003941 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_OPEN``, *fd*, *path*, *flags*, *mode*)
3942
3943 Performs ``os.dup2(os.open(path, flags, mode), fd)``.
3944
3945 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE
3946
3947 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_CLOSE``, *fd*)
3948
3949 Performs ``os.close(fd)``.
3950
3951 .. data:: POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2
3952
3953 (``os.POSIX_SPAWN_DUP2``, *fd*, *new_fd*)
3954
3955 Performs ``os.dup2(fd, new_fd)``.
3956
3957 These tuples correspond to the C library
3958 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen`,
3959 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose`, and
3960 :c:func:`posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2` API calls used to prepare
3961 for the :c:func:`posix_spawn` call itself.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07003962
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003963 The *setpgroup* argument will set the process group of the child to the value
3964 specified. If the value specified is 0, the child's process group ID will be
3965 made the same as its process ID. If the value of *setpgroup* is not set, the
3966 child will inherit the parent's process group ID. This argument corresponds
3967 to the C library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP` flag.
3968
3969 If the *resetids* argument is ``True`` it will reset the effective UID and
3970 GID of the child to the real UID and GID of the parent process. If the
3971 argument is ``False``, then the child retains the effective UID and GID of
3972 the parent. In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
3973 bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override the
3974 setting of the effective UID and GID. This argument corresponds to the C
3975 library :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS` flag.
3976
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03003977 If the *setsid* argument is ``True``, it will create a new session ID
3978 for `posix_spawn`. *setsid* requires :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID`
3979 or :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID_NP` flag. Otherwise, :exc:`NotImplementedError`
3980 is raised.
3981
Pablo Galindo254a4662018-09-07 16:44:24 +01003982 The *setsigmask* argument will set the signal mask to the signal set
3983 specified. If the parameter is not used, then the child inherits the
3984 parent's signal mask. This argument corresponds to the C library
3985 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK` flag.
3986
3987 The *sigdef* argument will reset the disposition of all signals in the set
3988 specified. This argument corresponds to the C library
3989 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF` flag.
3990
3991 The *scheduler* argument must be a tuple containing the (optional) scheduler
3992 policy and an instance of :class:`sched_param` with the scheduler parameters.
3993 A value of ``None`` in the place of the scheduler policy indicates that is
3994 not being provided. This argument is a combination of the C library
3995 :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM` and :c:data:`POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER`
3996 flags.
3997
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08003998 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawn
3999
Mark Williams8b504002019-03-03 09:42:25 -08004000 .. versionadded:: 3.8
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07004001
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03004002 .. availability:: Unix.
Gregory P. Smith79760ed2018-04-01 12:01:48 -07004003
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004004.. function:: posix_spawnp(path, argv, env, *, file_actions=None, \
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03004005 setpgroup=None, resetids=False, setsid=False, setsigmask=(), \
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004006 setsigdef=(), scheduler=None)
4007
4008 Wraps the :c:func:`posix_spawnp` C library API for use from Python.
4009
4010 Similar to :func:`posix_spawn` except that the system searches
4011 for the *executable* file in the list of directories specified by the
4012 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable (in the same way as for ``execvp(3)``).
4013
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004014 .. audit-event:: os.posix_spawn path,argv,env os.posix_spawnp
4015
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004016 .. versionadded:: 3.8
4017
Joannah Nanjekye80c5dfe2019-02-01 13:05:22 +03004018 .. availability:: See :func:`posix_spawn` documentation.
4019
Joannah Nanjekye92b83222019-01-16 16:29:26 +03004020
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004021.. function:: register_at_fork(*, before=None, after_in_parent=None, \
4022 after_in_child=None)
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004023
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004024 Register callables to be executed when a new child process is forked
4025 using :func:`os.fork` or similar process cloning APIs.
4026 The parameters are optional and keyword-only.
4027 Each specifies a different call point.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004028
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004029 * *before* is a function called before forking a child process.
4030 * *after_in_parent* is a function called from the parent process
4031 after forking a child process.
4032 * *after_in_child* is a function called from the child process.
4033
4034 These calls are only made if control is expected to return to the
4035 Python interpreter. A typical :mod:`subprocess` launch will not
4036 trigger them as the child is not going to re-enter the interpreter.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004037
4038 Functions registered for execution before forking are called in
4039 reverse registration order. Functions registered for execution
4040 after forking (either in the parent or in the child) are called
4041 in registration order.
4042
4043 Note that :c:func:`fork` calls made by third-party C code may not
4044 call those functions, unless it explicitly calls :c:func:`PyOS_BeforeFork`,
4045 :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Parent` and :c:func:`PyOS_AfterFork_Child`.
4046
Gregory P. Smith163468a2017-05-29 10:03:41 -07004047 There is no way to unregister a function.
4048
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004049 .. availability:: Unix.
Antoine Pitrou346cbd32017-05-27 17:50:54 +02004050
4051 .. versionadded:: 3.7
4052
4053
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004054.. function:: spawnl(mode, path, ...)
4055 spawnle(mode, path, ..., env)
4056 spawnlp(mode, file, ...)
4057 spawnlpe(mode, file, ..., env)
4058 spawnv(mode, path, args)
4059 spawnve(mode, path, args, env)
4060 spawnvp(mode, file, args)
4061 spawnvpe(mode, file, args, env)
4062
4063 Execute the program *path* in a new process.
4064
4065 (Note that the :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for
4066 spawning new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is
Benjamin Peterson87c8d872009-06-11 22:54:11 +00004067 preferable to using these functions. Check especially the
4068 :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section.)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004069
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004070 If *mode* is :const:`P_NOWAIT`, this function returns the process id of the new
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004071 process; if *mode* is :const:`P_WAIT`, returns the process's exit code if it
4072 exits normally, or ``-signal``, where *signal* is the signal that killed the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004073 process. On Windows, the process id will actually be the process handle, so can
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004074 be used with the :func:`waitpid` function.
4075
pxinwrf2d7ac72019-05-21 18:46:37 +08004076 Note on VxWorks, this function doesn't return ``-signal`` when the new process is
4077 killed. Instead it raises OSError exception.
4078
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004079 The "l" and "v" variants of the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions differ in how
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004080 command-line arguments are passed. The "l" variants are perhaps the easiest
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004081 to work with if the number of parameters is fixed when the code is written; the
4082 individual parameters simply become additional parameters to the
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004083 :func:`spawnl\*` functions. The "v" variants are good when the number of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004084 parameters is variable, with the arguments being passed in a list or tuple as
4085 the *args* parameter. In either case, the arguments to the child process must
4086 start with the name of the command being run.
4087
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004088 The variants which include a second "p" near the end (:func:`spawnlp`,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004089 :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`, and :func:`spawnvpe`) will use the
4090 :envvar:`PATH` environment variable to locate the program *file*. When the
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004091 environment is being replaced (using one of the :func:`spawn\*e <spawnl>` variants,
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004092 discussed in the next paragraph), the new environment is used as the source of
4093 the :envvar:`PATH` variable. The other variants, :func:`spawnl`,
4094 :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnve`, will not use the
4095 :envvar:`PATH` variable to locate the executable; *path* must contain an
4096 appropriate absolute or relative path.
4097
4098 For :func:`spawnle`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnve`, and :func:`spawnvpe`
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004099 (note that these all end in "e"), the *env* parameter must be a mapping
Christian Heimesa342c012008-04-20 21:01:16 +00004100 which is used to define the environment variables for the new process (they are
4101 used instead of the current process' environment); the functions
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004102 :func:`spawnl`, :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnv`, and :func:`spawnvp` all cause
Benjamin Petersond23f8222009-04-05 19:13:16 +00004103 the new process to inherit the environment of the current process. Note that
4104 keys and values in the *env* dictionary must be strings; invalid keys or
4105 values will cause the function to fail, with a return value of ``127``.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004106
4107 As an example, the following calls to :func:`spawnlp` and :func:`spawnvpe` are
4108 equivalent::
4109
4110 import os
4111 os.spawnlp(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', 'cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null')
4112
4113 L = ['cp', 'index.html', '/dev/null']
4114 os.spawnvpe(os.P_WAIT, 'cp', L, os.environ)
4115
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004116 .. audit-event:: os.spawn mode,path,args,env os.spawnl
4117
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004118 .. availability:: Unix, Windows. :func:`spawnlp`, :func:`spawnlpe`, :func:`spawnvp`
4119 and :func:`spawnvpe` are not available on Windows. :func:`spawnle` and
4120 :func:`spawnve` are not thread-safe on Windows; we advise you to use the
4121 :mod:`subprocess` module instead.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004122
Brett Cannon6fa7aad2016-09-06 15:55:02 -07004123 .. versionchanged:: 3.6
4124 Accepts a :term:`path-like object`.
4125
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004126
4127.. data:: P_NOWAIT
4128 P_NOWAITO
4129
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004130 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004131 functions. If either of these values is given, the :func:`spawn\*` functions
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004132 will return as soon as the new process has been created, with the process id as
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004133 the return value.
4134
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004135 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004136
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004137
4138.. data:: P_WAIT
4139
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004140 Possible value for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004141 functions. If this is given as *mode*, the :func:`spawn\*` functions will not
4142 return until the new process has run to completion and will return the exit code
4143 of the process the run is successful, or ``-signal`` if a signal kills the
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004144 process.
4145
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004146 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004147
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004148
4149.. data:: P_DETACH
4150 P_OVERLAY
4151
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004152 Possible values for the *mode* parameter to the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` family of
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004153 functions. These are less portable than those listed above. :const:`P_DETACH`
4154 is similar to :const:`P_NOWAIT`, but the new process is detached from the
4155 console of the calling process. If :const:`P_OVERLAY` is used, the current
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004156 process will be replaced; the :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` function will not return.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004157
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004158 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004159
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004160
Steve Dower019e9e82021-04-23 18:03:17 +01004161.. function:: startfile(path, [operation], [arguments], [cwd], [show_cmd])
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004162
4163 Start a file with its associated application.
4164
4165 When *operation* is not specified or ``'open'``, this acts like double-clicking
4166 the file in Windows Explorer, or giving the file name as an argument to the
4167 :program:`start` command from the interactive command shell: the file is opened
4168 with whatever application (if any) its extension is associated.
4169
4170 When another *operation* is given, it must be a "command verb" that specifies
4171 what should be done with the file. Common verbs documented by Microsoft are
4172 ``'print'`` and ``'edit'`` (to be used on files) as well as ``'explore'`` and
4173 ``'find'`` (to be used on directories).
4174
Steve Dower019e9e82021-04-23 18:03:17 +01004175 When launching an application, specify *arguments* to be passed as a single
4176 string. This argument may have no effect when using this function to launch a
4177 document.
4178
4179 The default working directory is inherited, but may be overridden by the *cwd*
4180 argument. This should be an absolute path. A relative *path* will be resolved
4181 against this argument.
4182
4183 Use *show_cmd* to override the default window style. Whether this has any
4184 effect will depend on the application being launched. Values are integers as
4185 supported by the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute` function.
4186
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004187 :func:`startfile` returns as soon as the associated application is launched.
4188 There is no option to wait for the application to close, and no way to retrieve
4189 the application's exit status. The *path* parameter is relative to the current
Steve Dower019e9e82021-04-23 18:03:17 +01004190 directory or *cwd*. If you want to use an absolute path, make sure the first
4191 character is not a slash (``'/'``) Use :mod:`pathlib` or the
4192 :func:`os.path.normpath` function to ensure that paths are properly encoded for
4193 Win32.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004194
Steve Dower7d0e0c92015-01-24 08:18:24 -08004195 To reduce interpreter startup overhead, the Win32 :c:func:`ShellExecute`
4196 function is not resolved until this function is first called. If the function
4197 cannot be resolved, :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised.
4198
Saiyang Gou95f60012020-02-04 16:15:00 -08004199 .. audit-event:: os.startfile path,operation os.startfile
4200
Steve Dower019e9e82021-04-23 18:03:17 +01004201 .. audit-event:: os.startfile/2 path,operation,arguments,cwd,show_cmd os.startfile
4202
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004203 .. availability:: Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004204
Steve Dower019e9e82021-04-23 18:03:17 +01004205 .. versionchanged:: 3.10
4206 Added the *arguments*, *cwd* and *show_cmd* arguments, and the
4207 ``os.startfile/2`` audit event.
4208
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004209
4210.. function:: system(command)
4211
4212 Execute the command (a string) in a subshell. This is implemented by calling
Georg Brandl60203b42010-10-06 10:11:56 +00004213 the Standard C function :c:func:`system`, and has the same limitations.
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004214 Changes to :data:`sys.stdin`, etc. are not reflected in the environment of
4215 the executed command. If *command* generates any output, it will be sent to
Miss Islington (bot)6fc6f432021-05-11 13:55:15 -07004216 the interpreter standard output stream. The C standard does not
4217 specify the meaning of the return value of the C function, so the return
4218 value of the Python function is system-dependent.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004219
4220 On Unix, the return value is the exit status of the process encoded in the
Miss Islington (bot)6fc6f432021-05-11 13:55:15 -07004221 format specified for :func:`wait`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004222
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004223 On Windows, the return value is that returned by the system shell after
4224 running *command*. The shell is given by the Windows environment variable
4225 :envvar:`COMSPEC`: it is usually :program:`cmd.exe`, which returns the exit
4226 status of the command run; on systems using a non-native shell, consult your
4227 shell documentation.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004228
Georg Brandl8f7b4272010-10-14 06:35:53 +00004229 The :mod:`subprocess` module provides more powerful facilities for spawning
4230 new processes and retrieving their results; using that module is preferable
4231 to using this function. See the :ref:`subprocess-replacements` section in
4232 the :mod:`subprocess` documentation for some helpful recipes.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004233
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004234 On Unix, :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the result
4235 (exit status) into an exit code. On Windows, the result is directly the exit
4236 code.
4237
Steve Dower44f91c32019-06-27 10:47:59 -07004238 .. audit-event:: os.system command os.system
Steve Dowerb82e17e2019-05-23 08:45:22 -07004239
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004240 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004241
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004242
4243.. function:: times()
4244
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004245 Returns the current global process times.
4246 The return value is an object with five attributes:
4247
Miss Islington (bot)66309522022-01-07 10:50:09 -08004248 * :attr:`!user` - user time
4249 * :attr:`!system` - system time
4250 * :attr:`!children_user` - user time of all child processes
4251 * :attr:`!children_system` - system time of all child processes
4252 * :attr:`!elapsed` - elapsed real time since a fixed point in the past
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004253
4254 For backwards compatibility, this object also behaves like a five-tuple
Miss Islington (bot)66309522022-01-07 10:50:09 -08004255 containing :attr:`!user`, :attr:`!system`, :attr:`!children_user`,
4256 :attr:`!children_system`, and :attr:`!elapsed` in that order.
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004257
4258 See the Unix manual page
Joannah Nanjekye3ccdbc32019-09-07 04:05:29 -03004259 :manpage:`times(2)` and :manpage:`times(3)` manual page on Unix or `the GetProcessTimes MSDN
Roger Hurwitz37c55b22020-02-10 14:50:19 -08004260 <https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/win32/api/processthreadsapi/nf-processthreadsapi-getprocesstimes>`_
Miss Islington (bot)66309522022-01-07 10:50:09 -08004261 on Windows. On Windows, only :attr:`!user` and :attr:`!system` are known; the other attributes are zero.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004262
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004263 .. availability:: Unix, Windows.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004264
Larry Hastings605a62d2012-06-24 04:33:36 -07004265 .. versionchanged:: 3.3
4266 Return type changed from a tuple to a tuple-like object
4267 with named attributes.
4268
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004269
4270.. function:: wait()
4271
4272 Wait for completion of a child process, and return a tuple containing its pid
4273 and exit status indication: a 16-bit number, whose low byte is the signal number
4274 that killed the process, and whose high byte is the exit status (if the signal
4275 number is zero); the high bit of the low byte is set if a core file was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004276 produced.
4277
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004278 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4279 exit code.
4280
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004281 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004282
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004283 .. seealso::
4284
4285 :func:`waitpid` can be used to wait for the completion of a specific
4286 child process and has more options.
4287
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004288.. function:: waitid(idtype, id, options)
4289
4290 Wait for the completion of one or more child processes.
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004291 *idtype* can be :data:`P_PID`, :data:`P_PGID`, :data:`P_ALL`, or
4292 :data:`P_PIDFD` on Linux.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004293 *id* specifies the pid to wait on.
4294 *options* is constructed from the ORing of one or more of :data:`WEXITED`,
4295 :data:`WSTOPPED` or :data:`WCONTINUED` and additionally may be ORed with
4296 :data:`WNOHANG` or :data:`WNOWAIT`. The return value is an object
4297 representing the data contained in the :c:type:`siginfo_t` structure, namely:
4298 :attr:`si_pid`, :attr:`si_uid`, :attr:`si_signo`, :attr:`si_status`,
4299 :attr:`si_code` or ``None`` if :data:`WNOHANG` is specified and there are no
4300 children in a waitable state.
4301
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004302 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004303
4304 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4305
4306.. data:: P_PID
4307 P_PGID
4308 P_ALL
4309
4310 These are the possible values for *idtype* in :func:`waitid`. They affect
4311 how *id* is interpreted.
4312
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004313 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004314
4315 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4316
Benjamin Peterson5c0c3252019-11-05 21:58:31 -08004317.. data:: P_PIDFD
4318
4319 This is a Linux-specific *idtype* that indicates that *id* is a file
4320 descriptor that refers to a process.
4321
4322 .. availability:: Linux 5.4+
4323
4324 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4325
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004326.. data:: WEXITED
4327 WSTOPPED
4328 WNOWAIT
4329
4330 Flags that can be used in *options* in :func:`waitid` that specify what
4331 child signal to wait for.
4332
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004333 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004334
4335 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4336
4337
4338.. data:: CLD_EXITED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004339 CLD_KILLED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004340 CLD_DUMPED
4341 CLD_TRAPPED
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004342 CLD_STOPPED
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004343 CLD_CONTINUED
4344
4345 These are the possible values for :attr:`si_code` in the result returned by
4346 :func:`waitid`.
4347
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004348 .. availability:: Unix.
Ross Lagerwall7807c352011-03-17 20:20:30 +02004349
4350 .. versionadded:: 3.3
4351
Dong-hee Na2eba6ad2019-10-21 16:01:05 +09004352 .. versionchanged:: 3.9
4353 Added :data:`CLD_KILLED` and :data:`CLD_STOPPED` values.
4354
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004355
4356.. function:: waitpid(pid, options)
4357
4358 The details of this function differ on Unix and Windows.
4359
4360 On Unix: Wait for completion of a child process given by process id *pid*, and
4361 return a tuple containing its process id and exit status indication (encoded as
4362 for :func:`wait`). The semantics of the call are affected by the value of the
4363 integer *options*, which should be ``0`` for normal operation.
4364
4365 If *pid* is greater than ``0``, :func:`waitpid` requests status information for
4366 that specific process. If *pid* is ``0``, the request is for the status of any
4367 child in the process group of the current process. If *pid* is ``-1``, the
4368 request pertains to any child of the current process. If *pid* is less than
4369 ``-1``, status is requested for any process in the process group ``-pid`` (the
4370 absolute value of *pid*).
4371
Benjamin Peterson4cd6a952008-08-17 20:23:46 +00004372 An :exc:`OSError` is raised with the value of errno when the syscall
4373 returns -1.
4374
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004375 On Windows: Wait for completion of a process given by process handle *pid*, and
4376 return a tuple containing *pid*, and its exit status shifted left by 8 bits
4377 (shifting makes cross-platform use of the function easier). A *pid* less than or
4378 equal to ``0`` has no special meaning on Windows, and raises an exception. The
4379 value of integer *options* has no effect. *pid* can refer to any process whose
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004380 id is known, not necessarily a child process. The :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>`
4381 functions called with :const:`P_NOWAIT` return suitable process handles.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004382
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004383 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4384 exit code.
4385
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004386 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
Victor Stinner708d9ba2015-04-02 11:49:42 +02004387 If the system call is interrupted and the signal handler does not raise an
Victor Stinnera766ddf2015-03-26 23:50:57 +01004388 exception, the function now retries the system call instead of raising an
4389 :exc:`InterruptedError` exception (see :pep:`475` for the rationale).
4390
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004391
Ezio Melottiba4d8ed2012-11-23 19:45:52 +02004392.. function:: wait3(options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004393
4394 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except no process id argument is given and a
Serhiy Storchaka3f819ca2018-10-31 02:26:06 +02004395 3-element tuple containing the child's process id, exit status indication,
4396 and resource usage information is returned. Refer to
4397 :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on resource usage
4398 information. The option argument is the same as that provided to
4399 :func:`waitpid` and :func:`wait4`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004400
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004401 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4402 exitcode.
4403
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004404 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004405
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004406
Victor Stinner4195b5c2012-02-08 23:03:19 +01004407.. function:: wait4(pid, options)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004408
4409 Similar to :func:`waitpid`, except a 3-element tuple, containing the child's
4410 process id, exit status indication, and resource usage information is returned.
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004411 Refer to :mod:`resource`.\ :func:`~resource.getrusage` for details on
4412 resource usage information. The arguments to :func:`wait4` are the same
4413 as those provided to :func:`waitpid`.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004414
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004415 :func:`waitstatus_to_exitcode` can be used to convert the exit status into an
4416 exitcode.
4417
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004418 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004419
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004420
Victor Stinner65a796e2020-04-01 18:49:29 +02004421.. function:: waitstatus_to_exitcode(status)
4422
4423 Convert a wait status to an exit code.
4424
4425 On Unix:
4426
4427 * If the process exited normally (if ``WIFEXITED(status)`` is true),
4428 return the process exit status (return ``WEXITSTATUS(status)``):
4429 result greater than or equal to 0.
4430 * If the process was terminated by a signal (if ``WIFSIGNALED(status)`` is
4431 true), return ``-signum`` where *signum* is the number of the signal that
4432 caused the process to terminate (return ``-WTERMSIG(status)``):
4433 result less than 0.
4434 * Otherwise, raise a :exc:`ValueError`.
4435
4436 On Windows, return *status* shifted right by 8 bits.
4437
4438 On Unix, if the process is being traced or if :func:`waitpid` was called
4439 with :data:`WUNTRACED` option, the caller must first check if
4440 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true. This function must not be called if
4441 ``WIFSTOPPED(status)`` is true.
4442
4443 .. seealso::
4444
4445 :func:`WIFEXITED`, :func:`WEXITSTATUS`, :func:`WIFSIGNALED`,
4446 :func:`WTERMSIG`, :func:`WIFSTOPPED`, :func:`WSTOPSIG` functions.
4447
4448 .. versionadded:: 3.9
4449
4450
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004451.. data:: WNOHANG
4452
4453 The option for :func:`waitpid` to return immediately if no child process status
4454 is available immediately. The function returns ``(0, 0)`` in this case.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004455
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004456 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004457
4458
4459.. data:: WCONTINUED
4460
4461 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been continued
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004462 from a job control stop since their status was last reported.
4463
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004464 .. availability:: some Unix systems.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004465
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004466
4467.. data:: WUNTRACED
4468
4469 This option causes child processes to be reported if they have been stopped but
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004470 their current state has not been reported since they were stopped.
4471
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004472 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004473
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004474
4475The following functions take a process status code as returned by
4476:func:`system`, :func:`wait`, or :func:`waitpid` as a parameter. They may be
4477used to determine the disposition of a process.
4478
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004479.. function:: WCOREDUMP(status)
4480
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004481 Return ``True`` if a core dump was generated for the process, otherwise
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004482 return ``False``.
4483
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004484 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
4485
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004486 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004487
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004488
4489.. function:: WIFCONTINUED(status)
4490
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004491 Return ``True`` if a stopped child has been resumed by delivery of
4492 :data:`~signal.SIGCONT` (if the process has been continued from a job
4493 control stop), otherwise return ``False``.
4494
4495 See :data:`WCONTINUED` option.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004496
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004497 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004498
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004499
4500.. function:: WIFSTOPPED(status)
4501
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004502 Return ``True`` if the process was stopped by delivery of a signal,
4503 otherwise return ``False``.
4504
4505 :func:`WIFSTOPPED` only returns ``True`` if the :func:`waitpid` call was
4506 done using :data:`WUNTRACED` option or when the process is being traced (see
4507 :manpage:`ptrace(2)`).
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004508
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004509 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004510
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004511.. function:: WIFSIGNALED(status)
4512
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004513 Return ``True`` if the process was terminated by a signal, otherwise return
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004514 ``False``.
4515
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004516 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004517
4518
4519.. function:: WIFEXITED(status)
4520
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004521 Return ``True`` if the process exited terminated normally, that is,
4522 by calling ``exit()`` or ``_exit()``, or by returning from ``main()``;
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004523 otherwise return ``False``.
4524
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004525 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004526
4527
4528.. function:: WEXITSTATUS(status)
4529
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004530 Return the process exit status.
4531
4532 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFEXITED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004533
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004534 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004535
4536
4537.. function:: WSTOPSIG(status)
4538
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004539 Return the signal which caused the process to stop.
4540
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004541 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSTOPPED` is true.
4542
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004543 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004544
4545
4546.. function:: WTERMSIG(status)
4547
Victor Stinner7c723832020-04-01 15:48:05 +02004548 Return the number of the signal that caused the process to terminate.
4549
4550 This function should be employed only if :func:`WIFSIGNALED` is true.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004551
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004552 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004553
4554
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004555Interface to the scheduler
4556--------------------------
4557
4558These functions control how a process is allocated CPU time by the operating
4559system. They are only available on some Unix platforms. For more detailed
4560information, consult your Unix manpages.
4561
4562.. versionadded:: 3.3
4563
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004564The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004565operating system.
4566
4567.. data:: SCHED_OTHER
4568
4569 The default scheduling policy.
4570
4571.. data:: SCHED_BATCH
4572
4573 Scheduling policy for CPU-intensive processes that tries to preserve
4574 interactivity on the rest of the computer.
4575
4576.. data:: SCHED_IDLE
4577
4578 Scheduling policy for extremely low priority background tasks.
4579
4580.. data:: SCHED_SPORADIC
4581
4582 Scheduling policy for sporadic server programs.
4583
4584.. data:: SCHED_FIFO
4585
4586 A First In First Out scheduling policy.
4587
4588.. data:: SCHED_RR
4589
4590 A round-robin scheduling policy.
4591
4592.. data:: SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK
4593
Martin Panter8d56c022016-05-29 04:13:35 +00004594 This flag can be OR'ed with any other scheduling policy. When a process with
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004595 this flag set forks, its child's scheduling policy and priority are reset to
4596 the default.
4597
4598
4599.. class:: sched_param(sched_priority)
4600
4601 This class represents tunable scheduling parameters used in
4602 :func:`sched_setparam`, :func:`sched_setscheduler`, and
4603 :func:`sched_getparam`. It is immutable.
4604
4605 At the moment, there is only one possible parameter:
4606
4607 .. attribute:: sched_priority
4608
4609 The scheduling priority for a scheduling policy.
4610
4611
4612.. function:: sched_get_priority_min(policy)
4613
4614 Get the minimum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4615 scheduling policy constants above.
4616
4617
4618.. function:: sched_get_priority_max(policy)
4619
4620 Get the maximum priority value for *policy*. *policy* is one of the
4621 scheduling policy constants above.
4622
4623
4624.. function:: sched_setscheduler(pid, policy, param)
4625
4626 Set the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
4627 the calling process. *policy* is one of the scheduling policy constants
4628 above. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4629
4630
4631.. function:: sched_getscheduler(pid)
4632
4633 Return the scheduling policy for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0
4634 means the calling process. The result is one of the scheduling policy
4635 constants above.
4636
4637
4638.. function:: sched_setparam(pid, param)
4639
Miss Islington (bot)d49877e2021-05-16 16:59:12 -07004640 Set the scheduling parameters for the process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004641 the calling process. *param* is a :class:`sched_param` instance.
4642
4643
4644.. function:: sched_getparam(pid)
4645
4646 Return the scheduling parameters as a :class:`sched_param` instance for the
4647 process with PID *pid*. A *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4648
4649
4650.. function:: sched_rr_get_interval(pid)
4651
4652 Return the round-robin quantum in seconds for the process with PID *pid*. A
4653 *pid* of 0 means the calling process.
4654
4655
4656.. function:: sched_yield()
4657
4658 Voluntarily relinquish the CPU.
4659
4660
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004661.. function:: sched_setaffinity(pid, mask)
4662
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004663 Restrict the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) to a
4664 set of CPUs. *mask* is an iterable of integers representing the set of
4665 CPUs to which the process should be restricted.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004666
4667
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004668.. function:: sched_getaffinity(pid)
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004669
Antoine Pitrou84869872012-08-04 16:16:35 +02004670 Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process
4671 if zero) is restricted to.
Benjamin Peterson94b580d2011-08-02 17:30:04 -05004672
4673
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004674.. _os-path:
4675
4676Miscellaneous System Information
4677--------------------------------
4678
4679
4680.. function:: confstr(name)
4681
4682 Return string-valued system configuration values. *name* specifies the
4683 configuration value to retrieve; it may be a string which is the name of a
4684 defined system value; these names are specified in a number of standards (POSIX,
4685 Unix 95, Unix 98, and others). Some platforms define additional names as well.
4686 The names known to the host operating system are given as the keys of the
4687 ``confstr_names`` dictionary. For configuration variables not included in that
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004688 mapping, passing an integer for *name* is also accepted.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004689
4690 If the configuration value specified by *name* isn't defined, ``None`` is
4691 returned.
4692
4693 If *name* is a string and is not known, :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If a
4694 specific value for *name* is not supported by the host system, even if it is
4695 included in ``confstr_names``, an :exc:`OSError` is raised with
4696 :const:`errno.EINVAL` for the error number.
4697
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004698 .. availability:: Unix.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004699
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004700
4701.. data:: confstr_names
4702
4703 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`confstr` to the integer values
4704 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004705 determine the set of names known to the system.
4706
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004707 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004708
4709
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004710.. function:: cpu_count()
4711
Serhiy Storchakaecf41da2016-10-19 16:29:26 +03004712 Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns ``None`` if undetermined.
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004713
Charles-François Natalidc87e4b2015-07-13 21:01:39 +01004714 This number is not equivalent to the number of CPUs the current process can
4715 use. The number of usable CPUs can be obtained with
4716 ``len(os.sched_getaffinity(0))``
4717
4718
Charles-Francois Natali44feda32013-05-20 14:40:46 +02004719 .. versionadded:: 3.4
4720
4721
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004722.. function:: getloadavg()
4723
Christian Heimesa62da1d2008-01-12 19:39:10 +00004724 Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last
4725 1, 5, and 15 minutes or raises :exc:`OSError` if the load average was
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004726 unobtainable.
4727
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004728 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004729
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004730
4731.. function:: sysconf(name)
4732
4733 Return integer-valued system configuration values. If the configuration value
4734 specified by *name* isn't defined, ``-1`` is returned. The comments regarding
4735 the *name* parameter for :func:`confstr` apply here as well; the dictionary that
4736 provides information on the known names is given by ``sysconf_names``.
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004737
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004738 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004739
4740
4741.. data:: sysconf_names
4742
4743 Dictionary mapping names accepted by :func:`sysconf` to the integer values
4744 defined for those names by the host operating system. This can be used to
Benjamin Petersonf650e462010-05-06 23:03:05 +00004745 determine the set of names known to the system.
4746
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004747 .. availability:: Unix.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004748
Christian Heimesfaf2f632008-01-06 16:59:19 +00004749The following data values are used to support path manipulation operations. These
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004750are defined for all platforms.
4751
4752Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module.
4753
4754
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004755.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004756.. data:: curdir
4757
4758 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004759 directory. This is ``'.'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4760 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004761
4762
Serhiy Storchakaddb961d2018-10-26 09:00:49 +03004763.. index:: single: ..; in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004764.. data:: pardir
4765
4766 The constant string used by the operating system to refer to the parent
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004767 directory. This is ``'..'`` for Windows and POSIX. Also available via
4768 :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004769
4770
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004771.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
4772.. index:: single: \ (backslash); in pathnames (Windows)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004773.. data:: sep
4774
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004775 The character used by the operating system to separate pathname components.
4776 This is ``'/'`` for POSIX and ``'\\'`` for Windows. Note that knowing this
4777 is not sufficient to be able to parse or concatenate pathnames --- use
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004778 :func:`os.path.split` and :func:`os.path.join` --- but it is occasionally
4779 useful. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4780
4781
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004782.. index:: single: / (slash); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004783.. data:: altsep
4784
4785 An alternative character used by the operating system to separate pathname
4786 components, or ``None`` if only one separator character exists. This is set to
4787 ``'/'`` on Windows systems where ``sep`` is a backslash. Also available via
4788 :mod:`os.path`.
4789
4790
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004791.. index:: single: . (dot); in pathnames
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004792.. data:: extsep
4793
4794 The character which separates the base filename from the extension; for example,
4795 the ``'.'`` in :file:`os.py`. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4796
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004797
Serhiy Storchaka913876d2018-10-28 13:41:26 +02004798.. index:: single: : (colon); path separator (POSIX)
4799 single: ; (semicolon)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004800.. data:: pathsep
4801
4802 The character conventionally used by the operating system to separate search
4803 path components (as in :envvar:`PATH`), such as ``':'`` for POSIX or ``';'`` for
4804 Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
4805
4806
4807.. data:: defpath
4808
Serhiy Storchakadab83542013-10-13 20:12:43 +03004809 The default search path used by :func:`exec\*p\* <execl>` and
4810 :func:`spawn\*p\* <spawnl>` if the environment doesn't have a ``'PATH'``
4811 key. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004812
4813
4814.. data:: linesep
4815
4816 The string used to separate (or, rather, terminate) lines on the current
Georg Brandlc575c902008-09-13 17:46:05 +00004817 platform. This may be a single character, such as ``'\n'`` for POSIX, or
4818 multiple characters, for example, ``'\r\n'`` for Windows. Do not use
4819 *os.linesep* as a line terminator when writing files opened in text mode (the
4820 default); use a single ``'\n'`` instead, on all platforms.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004821
4822
4823.. data:: devnull
4824
Georg Brandl850a9902010-05-21 22:04:32 +00004825 The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for
4826 POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004827
Andrew Kuchling4921a082013-06-21 11:49:57 -04004828.. data:: RTLD_LAZY
4829 RTLD_NOW
4830 RTLD_GLOBAL
4831 RTLD_LOCAL
4832 RTLD_NODELETE
4833 RTLD_NOLOAD
4834 RTLD_DEEPBIND
4835
4836 Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and
4837 :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page
4838 :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean.
4839
4840 .. versionadded:: 3.3
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004841
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004842
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004843Random numbers
4844--------------
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004845
4846
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004847.. function:: getrandom(size, flags=0)
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004848
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004849 Get up to *size* random bytes. The function can return less bytes than
4850 requested.
4851
4852 These bytes can be used to seed user-space random number generators or for
4853 cryptographic purposes.
4854
4855 ``getrandom()`` relies on entropy gathered from device drivers and other
4856 sources of environmental noise. Unnecessarily reading large quantities of
4857 data will have a negative impact on other users of the ``/dev/random`` and
4858 ``/dev/urandom`` devices.
4859
4860 The flags argument is a bit mask that can contain zero or more of the
4861 following values ORed together: :py:data:`os.GRND_RANDOM` and
4862 :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK`.
4863
4864 See also the `Linux getrandom() manual page
4865 <http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/getrandom.2.html>`_.
4866
Cheryl Sabella2d6097d2018-10-12 10:55:20 -04004867 .. availability:: Linux 3.17 and newer.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004868
4869 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4870
4871.. function:: urandom(size)
4872
Miss Islington (bot)ee077502022-01-19 13:58:13 -08004873 Return a bytestring of *size* random bytes suitable for cryptographic use.
Georg Brandl116aa622007-08-15 14:28:22 +00004874
4875 This function returns random bytes from an OS-specific randomness source. The
4876 returned data should be unpredictable enough for cryptographic applications,
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004877 though its exact quality depends on the OS implementation.
4878
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004879 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall is available, it is used in
4880 blocking mode: block until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized
4881 (128 bits of entropy are collected by the kernel). See the :pep:`524` for
4882 the rationale. On Linux, the :func:`getrandom` function can be used to get
4883 random bytes in non-blocking mode (using the :data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag) or
4884 to poll until the system urandom entropy pool is initialized.
Andrew Svetlov03cb99c2012-10-16 13:15:06 +03004885
Victor Stinnere66987e2016-09-06 16:33:52 -07004886 On a Unix-like system, random bytes are read from the ``/dev/urandom``
4887 device. If the ``/dev/urandom`` device is not available or not readable, the
4888 :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception is raised.
4889
4890 On Windows, it will use ``CryptGenRandom()``.
4891
4892 .. seealso::
4893 The :mod:`secrets` module provides higher level functions. For an
4894 easy-to-use interface to the random number generator provided by your
4895 platform, please see :class:`random.SystemRandom`.
4896
4897 .. versionchanged:: 3.6.0
4898 On Linux, ``getrandom()`` is now used in blocking mode to increase the
4899 security.
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004900
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004901 .. versionchanged:: 3.5.2
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004902 On Linux, if the ``getrandom()`` syscall blocks (the urandom entropy pool
4903 is not initialized yet), fall back on reading ``/dev/urandom``.
Victor Stinnerdddf4842016-06-07 11:21:42 +02004904
Victor Stinnerace88482015-07-29 02:28:32 +02004905 .. versionchanged:: 3.5
4906 On Linux 3.17 and newer, the ``getrandom()`` syscall is now used
4907 when available. On OpenBSD 5.6 and newer, the C ``getentropy()``
4908 function is now used. These functions avoid the usage of an internal file
4909 descriptor.
Victor Stinner9b1f4742016-09-06 16:18:52 -07004910
4911.. data:: GRND_NONBLOCK
4912
4913 By default, when reading from ``/dev/random``, :func:`getrandom` blocks if
4914 no random bytes are available, and when reading from ``/dev/urandom``, it blocks
4915 if the entropy pool has not yet been initialized.
4916
4917 If the :py:data:`GRND_NONBLOCK` flag is set, then :func:`getrandom` does not
4918 block in these cases, but instead immediately raises :exc:`BlockingIOError`.
4919
4920 .. versionadded:: 3.6
4921
4922.. data:: GRND_RANDOM
4923
4924 If this bit is set, then random bytes are drawn from the
4925 ``/dev/random`` pool instead of the ``/dev/urandom`` pool.
4926
4927 .. versionadded:: 3.6